Sei sulla pagina 1di 412

RENR7389-19

November 2011

Systems Operation
Testing and Adjusting
320D, 320D LRR, 321D LCR, 323D,
324D, 325D, 328D LCR, 329D,
330D, 336D and 340D Excavators
Tool Control System

SAFETY.CAT.COM
i03991620

Important Safety Information


Most accidents that involve product operation, maintenance and repair are caused by failure to observe
basic safety rules or precautions. An accident can often be avoided by recognizing potentially hazardous
situations before an accident occurs. A person must be alert to potential hazards. This person should also
have the necessary training, skills and tools to perform these functions properly.
Improper operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair of this product can be dangerous and
could result in injury or death.
Do not operate or perform any lubrication, maintenance or repair on this product, until you have
read and understood the operation, lubrication, maintenance and repair information.
Safety precautions and warnings are provided in this manual and on the product. If these hazard warnings
are not heeded, bodily injury or death could occur to you or to other persons.
The hazards are identified by the “Safety Alert Symbol” and followed by a “Signal Word” such as
“DANGER”, “WARNING” or “CAUTION”. The Safety Alert “WARNING” label is shown below.

The meaning of this safety alert symbol is as follows:


Attention! Become Alert! Your Safety is Involved.
The message that appears under the warning explains the hazard and can be either written or pictorially
presented.
A non-exhaustive list of operations that may cause product damage are identified by “NOTICE” labels
on the product and in this publication.
Caterpillar cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard.
The warnings in this publication and on the product are, therefore, not all inclusive. You must
not use this product in any manner different from that considered by this manual without first
satisfying yourself that you have considered all safety rules and precautions applicable to the
operation of the product in the location of use, including site-specific rules and precautions
applicable to the worksite. If a tool, procedure, work method or operating technique that is not
specifically recommended by Caterpillar is used, you must satisfy yourself that it is safe for you
and for others. You should also ensure that the product will not be damaged or become unsafe by
the operation, lubrication, maintenance or repair procedures that you intend to use.
The information, specifications, and illustrations in this publication are on the basis of information that
was available at the time that the publication was written. The specifications, torques, pressures,
measurements, adjustments, illustrations, and other items can change at any time. These changes can
affect the service that is given to the product. Obtain the complete and most current information before you
start any job. Cat dealers have the most current information available.

When replacement parts are required for this


product Caterpillar recommends using Cat re-
placement parts or parts with equivalent speci-
fications including, but not limited to, physical
dimensions, type, strength and material.

Failure to heed this warning can lead to prema-


ture failures, product damage, personal injury or
death.

In the United States, the maintenance, replacement, or repair of the emission control devices and
systems may be performed by any repair establishment or individual of the owner's choosing.
RENR7389-19 3
Tool Control System
Table of Contents

Table of Contents System 2: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Relief Valves for One-Way Flow) ...................... 254
System 2: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Relief Valves for Two-Way Flow) ...................... 258
Systems Operation Section
System 3: One-Way/Two Pump
General Information ................................................ 5
System 3: Default Value of Work Tool
System 1: One-Way/One Pump .............................. 7
Parameters ....................................................... 262
System 2: Combined Function .............................. 10
System 3: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
System 3: One-Way/Two Pump ............................ 22
(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 265
System 3 Prime: One-Way/Two Pump ................. 26
System 3: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Tool
System 5: Two-Way/One Pump ............................ 30
Relief Valve) ...................................................... 269
System 11: Combined Function ............................ 34
System 13: Combined Function ............................ 48
System 3 Prime: One-Way/Two Pump
System 14: Combined Function ............................ 63
System 3 Prime: Default Value of Work Tool
System 16: One-Way/Two Pump .......................... 79
Parameters ....................................................... 274
System 17: Combined Function ............................ 82
System 3 Prime: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
System 17: Combined Function ............................ 99
(Tool Relief Valve) ............................................. 277
System 18: Combined Function ........................... 114
System 3 Prime: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
System 19: Combined Function .......................... 129
(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 281
Medium Pressure Hydraulic System ................... 142
Machine Electronic Control Module (Engine and
System 5: Two-Way/One Pump
Hydraulic) .......................................................... 146
System 5: Default Value of Work Tool
Switches ............................................................. 147
Parameters ....................................................... 286
Sensors ............................................................... 151
System 5: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
Senders .............................................................. 151
(Attachment Control Valve) ............................... 289
Solenoid Valves .................................................. 153
Relays ................................................................. 157
System 11: Combined Function
Monitor Overview ................................................ 158
System 11: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ....................................................... 293
Testing and Adjusting Section System 11: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Relief Valves for One-Way Flow) ...................... 302
Troubleshooting System 11: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Troubleshooting .................................................. 160 Relief Valves for Two-Way Flow) ...................... 306
Work Tool Setup System 13: Combined Function
Service Tools ...................................................... 161 System 13: Default Value of Work Tool
Process for Setting Up the Work Tool ................. 163 Parameters ....................................................... 310
System Identification ........................................... 171 System 13: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
Service Mode - Enter .......................................... 173 (Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 319
Machine Tool Control System - Select ................ 176
Work Tool - Select ............................................... 184 System 14: Combined Function
Work Tool Parameter - Program ......................... 187 System 14: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ....................................................... 323
Calibration System 14: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
Joystick Slide Control - Calibrate ........................ 192 (Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 332
Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing) - Calibrate System 14: Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust
(Negative Flow Control) .................................... 204 (Auxiliary Control Valve (Medium Pressure)) .... 337
Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing) - Calibrate
........................................................................... 220 System 16: One-Way/One Pump
Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing) - Calibrate System 16: Default Value of Work Tool
(Number 1 Relief Valve and Number 2 Relief Parameters ....................................................... 339
Valve) ................................................................ 230 System 16: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 342
System 1: One-Way/One Pump
System 1: Default Value of Work Tool System 17: Combined Function
Parameters ....................................................... 238 System 17: Default Value of Work Tool
System 1: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Tool Parameters ....................................................... 347
Relief Valve) ...................................................... 241 System 17: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ....................................................... 356
System 2: Combined Function System 17: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
System 2: Default Value of Work Tool (Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 364
Parameters ....................................................... 245
4 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Table of Contents

System 17: Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust


(Auxiliary Control Valve (Medium Pressure)) .... 368

System 18: Combined Function


System 18: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ....................................................... 370
System 18: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 378

System 19: Combined Function


System 19: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ....................................................... 382
System 19: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Relief Valves for One-Way Flow) ...................... 391
System 19: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Relief Valves for Two-Way Flow) ...................... 394

Medium Pressure Hydraulic System


Medium Pressure: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ....................................................... 398
Medium Pressure: Relief Valve (Main) - Test and
Adjust ................................................................ 406

Index Section
Index ................................................................... 407
RENR7389-19 5
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Systems Operation Section


i03503341

General Information
SMCS Code: 5000

Table 1
Identification for the Tool Control System 320D through 336D
Tool Control Number of Control Control Device Number of Possible Oil Flow Medium Pressure
System Valves Pumps Which Directions Circuit
Supply Oil to
the Tool
1 1 Hydraulic Pedal 1 1 No
2 2 One Hydraulic 1 or 2 1 or 2 No
Pedal
3 2 Foot Switch 2 1 No
3 Prime 2 Hydraulic Pedal 2 1 No
5 1 Joystick 1 2 No
Thumbwheel or
Electric Pedal
11 2 Two Hydraulic 1 or 2 1 or 2 Yes
Pedals
13 2 Joystick 1 or 2 1 or 2 Optional (1)

Thumbwheel,
Hydraulic Pedal,
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch,
or Joystick with
Three Buttons
14 2 Joystick 1 or 2 1 or 2 Optional (1)

Thumbwheel,
Hydraulic Pedal,
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch,
or Joystick with
Three Buttons
16 1 Hydraulic Pedal, 1 1 No
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch,
or Joystick with
Three Buttons
17 2 Joystick 1 or 2 1 or 2 Optional (1)

Thumbwheel,
Hydraulic Pedal,
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch,
or Joystick with
Three Buttons
18 2 Joystick 1 or 2 1 or 2 Optional (1)

Thumbwheel,
Hydraulic Pedal,
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch,
or Joystick with
Three Buttons
(continued)
6 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(Table 1, contd)
19 2 Hydraulic Pedal, 1 or 2 1 or 2 Yes
and Joysticks
with Three
Buttons
(1) System 13, System 14, System 17, and System 18 have a medium pressure circuit as an option. Not all machines which are equipped with
these Systems have medium pressure.

The correct “TOOL#” must be selected during


the operation of the work tool. Parameters for the
“TOOL#” must be properly programmed. Refer to
the specifications of the manufacturer in order to
set the parameters of the “TOOL#”.

g01198467
Illustration 1
Main Control Valve
(1) Attachment Control Valve
(2) Auxiliary Control Valve
(3) Auxiliary Control Valve (Medium Pressure)

System 1, System 5, and System 16 use only


attachment control valve (1).

System 2, System 3, System 3 Prime, System 11,


System 13, System 14, System 17, System 18, and
System 19 use attachment control valve (1) and
auxiliary control valve (2).

320D, 320DLRR, 321DLCR, 323D, 324D, 325D,


328DLCR, 329D, 330D, and 336D excavators can
have a tool control system on the machine. Refer
to the table in order to determine the tool control
system. The tool control system is set by the factory
and stored in the ECM.

Refer to the Systems Operation for a description of


each system.

The tool control system should only be changed on


the monitor if certain components on the machine
are changed first.

Each tool control system has ten “TOOL#s”. Some


tool control systems have parameters that can be set
for each “TOOL#”. In order to customize the “TOOL#”
for a particular work tool, change the parameter
values for the work tool. The default parameters of
the work tool that can be changed are explained for
each tool control system.
1

RENR7389-19

PAGES 7-8 1 FOLDOUT


RENR7389-19 9
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Hydraulic pedal Implement/swing pressure switch (4) signals the


(2) Line relief valve for the work tool machine electronic control module. The machine
(3) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
ECM sends a signal to the proportional solenoid
(4) Implement/swing pressure switch
(5) Line for the work tool (Return) valve for negative flow control (3). Negative flow
(6) Line for the work tool (Supply) control pressure in the center bypass passage is
(7) Main control valve blocked when the attachment control valve shifts
(8) Attachment control valve DOWNWARD. The machine ECM calculates the
(9) Pilot manifold
(10) Hydraulic tank
minimum negative flow control pressure that will be
(11) Drive pump supplied to the pump regulator. When the work tool
(12) Pilot pump is activated, proportional solenoid valve (3) receives
a signal from the machine ECM. The signal is a
The default parameter values for “System 1” are for result of the calculation. Pilot oil is directed from
one-way hydraulic oil flow from one main pump. Refer the proportional solenoid valve (3) through the lines
to Testing and Adjusting, “System 1: Default Value of for negative flow control to the pump regulator.
Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control System. The negative flow control pressure positions the
swashplate in the pump to the correct angle in order
The flow to the work tool can be set by using the to provide the desired oil flow to the work tool.
monitor or ET.
i03020954
The work tool is operated by right foot pedal (1).
System 2: Combined Function
SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up
S/N: MZD1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: KBE1-Up

g01243522 S/N: MDE1-Up


Illustration 3
Right Foot pedal for the work tool S/N: PBE1-Up

Pilot pump (12) supplies oil to pilot manifold (9). S/N: TAE1-Up
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
S/N: A6F1-Up
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(9) to right foot pedal (1). When right foot pedal (1) S/N: A8F1-Up
is depressed to the FORWARD position, pilot oil
flows to the top of attachment control valve (8). The S/N: A9F1-Up
pilot oil shifts the attachment control valve to the
DOWNWARD position. This allows oil from drive S/N: DJF1-Up
pump (11) to flow through the valve. The pump oil S/N: KGF1-Up
flows through the supply line for the work tool (6)
to the work tool. The working pressure for the work S/N: KZF1-Up
tool is controlled by relief valve (2). Return oil flows
through the return line for the work tool (5) and back S/N: NZF1-Up
to hydraulic tank (10).
S/N: PRF1-Up
During the operation of the work tool, implement/swing S/N: MGG1-Up
pressure switch (9) senses pilot pressure.
S/N: DBH1-Up
S/N: EAH1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: FFK1-Up
S/N: GPK1-Up
10 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: MPL1-Up
S/N: TZL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: DFP1-Up
S/N: BYS1-Up
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: JBT1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up
2

RENR7389-19

PAGES 11-12 1 FOLDOUT


RENR7389-19 13
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Partial Hydraulic Schematic


(1) Right hydraulic pedal
(2) Pressure switch for the right pedal
(3) Solenoid valve for one-way/two-way flow
(4) Solenoid valve for one pump/two pump flow (Number 1)
(5) Solenoid valve for one pump/two pump flow (Number 2)
(6) Line relief valve for one-way flow
(7) Number one solenoid valve EC1
(8) Number two solenoid valve EC2
(9) Line for the work tool
(10) Line for the work tool
(11) Main control valve
(12) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(13) Line relief valve for two-way flow
(14) Line relief valve for two-way flow
(15) Auxiliary control valve
(16) Main relief valve
(17) Attachment control valve
(18) Machine ECM
(19) Relay
(20) Pilot manifold
(21) Drive pump
(22) Idler pump
(23) Pilot pump
(24) Hydraulic tank

Introduction
The combined function hydraulic system that
is present on excavators that are equipped
with a System 2 combines the features of the
one-way/two-way flow system with the features of the
one pump/two pump flow system.

The one pump flow system allows flow from one


pump to power a work tool. All of the load is placed
on a single pump. One pump flow is used for work
tools that require low flow rates for actuation.

The two pump flow system allows the combined flow


from both pumps to power a work tool. Rather than
placing all of the load on a single pump, the two
pump flow system allows the two pumps to provide
flow equally. Two pump flow is used for work tools
that require high flow rates for actuation. Two pump
flow distributes the load equally for work tools that
are used extensively.

Refer to Table 2 for the appropriate work tool and


“TOOL#”.

Table 2

SYSTEM 2
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 2 “TOOL#s”
“1P 1 Way” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“2P 1 Way” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”
“1P 2 Way” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#3”
“2P 2 Way” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”

The work tool is operated by right foot pedal (1).


14 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01248907
Illustration 5
(1) Right pedal

The machine's monitor is used in order to change


between one-way/two-way flow and one pump/two
pump flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work Tool
Parameter - Program” for the Tool Control System to
access the parameter settings.

One-Way Flow from One Pump

g01531196
Illustration 6
RENR7389-19 15
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Description
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 2.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 2: Default
Value of Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control
System.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

Operation
Pilot pump (23) supplies oil to pilot manifold (20).
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(20) to the right pedal (1) and the proportional
solenoid valve for negative flow control (12).

When right pedal (1) is pressed in the FORWARD


position, pilot oil is directed to the top of the auxiliary
control valve. The pilot oil will shift the spool in
auxiliary control valve (15) to the DOWNWARD
position. This allows oil from drive pump (21) to flow
through the valve. The pump oil flows through the
line for the work tool (10) to the work tool. Return oil
flows through the line for the work tool (9), through
number two solenoid valve (EC2) (8), and back to
hydraulic tank (24).

When the “TOOL #” for one-way flow from one pump


is active, number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (7) is active.
Number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (7) allows oil to
flow to line relief valve (6). The work tool's pressure
setting is regulated by line relief valve (6).
16 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow From Two Pumps

g01531254
Illustration 7

Description When right pedal (1) is pressed in the FORWARD


position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic control valve (15) and to the top of attachment
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 2. control valve (17). The pilot oil will shift the spools
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 2: Default in the control valve to the DOWNWARD position.
Value of Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control This allows oil from drive pump (21) to flow through
System. auxiliary control valve (15) and oil from idler pump
(22) to flow through attachment control valve (17).
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the The two pump flow combines after leaving the control
hydraulic flow to the work tool. valves. The pump oil flows through the line for the
work tool (10) to the work tool. Return oil flows
Operation through the line for the work tool (9), through number
two solenoid valve (EC2) (8), and back to hydraulic
Pilot pump (23) supplies oil to pilot manifold (20). tank (24).
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold When the “TOOL #” for one-way flow from two pumps
(20) to the right pedal (1) and the proportional is active, number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (7) is active.
solenoid valve for negative flow control (12). Number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (7) allows oil to
flow to line relief valve (6). The work tool's pressure
setting is regulated by line relief valve (6).
RENR7389-19 17
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (12). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.

Two-Way Flow From One Pump


Description
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 2.
A typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing
and Adjusting, “System 2: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.
18 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01532301
Illustration 8

Pilot pump (23) supplies oil to pilot manifold (20). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (12). Negative flow control
(20) to the right pedal (1) and the proportional pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
solenoid valve for negative flow control (12). when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
When right pedal (1) is pressed in the FORWARD parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
control valve (15). The pilot oil will shift the spool ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
in the auxiliary control valve to the DOWNWARD pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
position. This allows oil from drive pump (21) to flow regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
through auxiliary control valve (15). The pump oil be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
flows through the line for the work tool (10) to the control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
work tool. Return oil flows through the line for the to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
work tool (9), through auxiliary control valve (23), and the work tool.
back to hydraulic tank (24). The working pressure for
the work tool is regulated by line relief valve (13).
RENR7389-19 19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01532749
Illustration 9

Pilot pump (23) supplies oil to pilot manifold (20). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (12). Negative flow control
(20) to the right pedal (1) and the proportional pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
solenoid valve for negative flow control (12). when the control valve spools shift UPWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
When right pedal (1) is pressed in the BACKWARD parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
position, pilot oil is directed to the bottom of auxiliary FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
control valve (15). The pilot oil will shift the spool in ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
the auxiliary control valve to the UPWARD position. pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
This allows oil from drive pump (21) to flow through regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
auxiliary control valve (15). The pump oil flows be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool. control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (10), to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
through the control valves, and back to hydraulic the work tool.
tank (24). The working pressure for the work tool is
regulated by line relief valve (14). Two-Way Flow From Two Pumps
Description
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 2.
A typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing
and Adjusting, “System 2: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.
20 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

Operation

g01532819
Illustration 10

Pilot pump (23) supplies oil to pilot manifold (20). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (12). Negative flow control
(20) to the right pedal (1) and the proportional pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
solenoid valve for negative flow control (12). when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
When right pedal (1) is pressed in the FORWARD parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
control valve (15) and to the top of attachment ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (17). The pilot oil will shift the spools pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
in the control valve to the DOWNWARD position. regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
This allows oil from drive pump (21) to flow through be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
auxiliary control valve (15) and oil from idler pump control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
(22) to flow through attachment control valve (17). to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
The two pump flow combines after leaving the control the work tool.
valves. The pump oil flows through the line for the
work tool (10) to the work tool. Return oil flows
through the line for the work tool (9), through the
control valves, and back to hydraulic tank (24). The
working pressure for the work tool is regulated by
line relief valve (13).
RENR7389-19 21
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01532827
Illustration 11

Pilot pump (23) supplies oil to pilot manifold (20). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (12). Negative flow control
(20) to the right pedal (1) and the proportional pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
solenoid valve for negative flow control (12). when the control valve spools shift UPWARD. The
machine's ECM has the following programmed
When right pedal (1) is pressed in the BACKWARD parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
position, pilot oil is directed to the bottom of auxiliary FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
control valve (15) and to the bottom of attachment ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (17). The pilot oil will shift the spools pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
in the control valve to the UPWARD position. This regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
allows oil from drive pump (21) to flow through be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
auxiliary control valve (15) and oil from idler pump control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
(22) to flow through attachment control valve (17). to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
The two pump flow combines after leaving the control the work tool.
valves. The pump oil flows through the line for the
work tool (9) to the work tool. Return oil flows through
i04154657
the line for the work tool (10), through the control
valve, and back to hydraulic tank (24). The working
pressure for the work tool is regulated by line relief
System 3: One-Way/Two Pump
valve (14). SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: ZGB1-Up
22 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up


S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: JJG1-Up S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: B6H1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: JHJ1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: ERK1-Up
S/N: FXK1-Up
S/N: RSK1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: XCK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: A3R1-Up
S/N: SCR1-Up
S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: YDS1-Up
3
RENR7389-19

PAGES 23-24 1 FOLDOUT


RENR7389-19 25
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Work tool solenoid valve Pilot pump (16) supplies oil to pilot manifold (13).
(2) Line for work tool (return) When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
(3) Line relief valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(4) Line for work tool (supply)
(5) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control (13) to work tool solenoid valve (1). When foot switch
(6) Main control valve (12) is depressed, pilot oil flows to both auxiliary
(7) Auxiliary control valve control valve (7) and to attachment control valve (8).
(8) Attachment control valve The pilot oil will shift the spool in of the valves to the
(9) Line relief valve
(10) Line relief valve
DOWNWARD position. This allows oil from drive
(11) Machine ECM pump (15) to flow through attachment control valve
(12) Foot switch (8). This also allows oil from idler pump (14) to flow
(13) Drive pump through the auxiliary control valve (7). The hydraulic
(14) Idler pump
oil from the two pumps combines after the oil passes
(15) Pilot manifold
(16) Pilot pump through both valves. The pump oil flows through line
(17) Hydraulic tank (4) to the work tool. Return oil from the work tool
flows through line (2) back to hydraulic tank (17).

The machine ECM sends a signal to the proportional


solenoid valve for negative flow control (6). Negative
flow control pressure in the center bypass passage is
blocked when the valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has programmed parameter
values “NAME”, “MAX DIAL”, and “MIN DIAL” for flow
and pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
calculates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in drive pump
(15) and idler pump (14) to the correct angle to limit
the flow and pressure to the work tool.
g01225309
Illustration 13
i03021047
(12) Foot switch for the work tool
System 3 Prime: One-Way/Two
System 3 is used for work tools that require
pressurized hydraulic flow in one direction. Pump
SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up
S/N: MZD1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: KBE1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up

Illustration 14
g01194313 S/N: PBE1-Up
(1) Work tool solenoid valve S/N: TAE1-Up
The work tool is operated by foot switch (12) that is S/N: DJF1-Up
located in the cab. Foot switch (12) provides a signal
to machine ECM (11). When the ECM receives a S/N: KGF1-Up
signal, the ECM sends power to work tool solenoid S/N: KZF1-Up
valve (1).
S/N: NZF1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: MGG1-Up
26 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

S/N: DBH1-Up
S/N: EAH1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: FFK1-Up
S/N: GPK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: MPL1-Up
S/N: TZL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: JTN1-Up
S/N: TSN1-Up
S/N: DFP1-Up
S/N: JZR1-Up
S/N: BYS1-Up
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: JBT1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up
RENR7389-19
4

PAGES 27-28 1 FOLDOUT


RENR7389-19 29
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Hydraulic pedal The machine ECM sends a signal to the proportional
(2) Line for work tool (Return) solenoid valve for negative flow control (5). Negative
(3) Line relief valve
flow control pressure in the center bypass passage is
(4) Line for work tool (Supply)
(5) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control blocked when the valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
(6) Main control valve The machine ECM has programmed parameter
(7) Auxiliary control valve values “NAME”, “MAX DIAL”, and “MIN DIAL” for flow
(8) Attachment control valve and pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
(9) Line relief valve
(10) Machine ECM
calculates the negative flow control pressure that will
(11) Pilot manifold be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
(12) Idler pump control pressure forces the swashplate in drive pump
(13) Pilot pump (14) and idler pump (12) to the correct angle to limit
(14) Drive pump
the flow and pressure to the work tool.
(15) Hydraulic tank

i03021049

System 5: Two-Way/One Pump


SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up
g01243522
Illustration 16
S/N: KGF1-Up
Hydraulic pedal
S/N: PRF1-Up
System 3 Prime is used for work tools that require
pressurized hydraulic flow in one direction. S/N: JJG1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up
The work tool is operated by hydraulic pedal (1)
which is located on the right side of the travel pedals. S/N: B6H1-Up

Pilot pump (13) supplies oil to pilot manifold (11). S/N: MCH1-Up
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold S/N: TDH1-Up
(11) to hydraulic pedal (1). When hydraulic pedal (1) S/N: JHJ1-Up
is depressed to the FORWARD position, pilot oil flows
to both auxiliary control valve (7) and to attachment S/N: RSK1-Up
control valve (8). The pilot oil will shift the spool in of
the valves to the DOWNWARD position. This allows S/N: W3K1-Up
oil from drive pump (14) to flow through attachment
S/N: WDK1-Up
control valve (8). This also allows oil from idler pump
(12) to flow through the auxiliary control valve (7). S/N: WRK1-Up
The hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after
the oil passes through both valves. The pump oil S/N: XCK1-Up
flows through the line for the work tool (4) to the work
tool. Return oil flows through the line for the work tool S/N: FAL1-Up
(2) back to hydraulic tank (15). S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: A3R1-Up
30 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

S/N: SCR1-Up
S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: YDS1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
RENR7389-19
5
PAGES 31-32 1 FOLDOUT
RENR7389-19 33
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Partial schematic EXTEND position


(1) Work tool solenoid valve
(2) Main control valve
(3) Attachment control valve
(4) Line relief valve
(5) Line relief valve
(6) Pilot manifold
(7) Pilot Pump
(8) Drive Pump
(9) Hydraulic tank
(10) Electric pedal
(11) Right joystick
(12) Machine ECM

The two-way hydraulic flow system is for work tools


that require two-way pressurized hydraulic flow. A
hydraulic shear is a typical example.

g01194864
Illustration 19
Joystick control
(17) Right joystick thumbwheel for two-way flow

Electric Foot Pedal Control


Pilot pump (7) supplies oil to solenoid valve (1).
When the foot pedal for the work tool is depressed
g01194766
Illustration 18 FORWARD, pilot oil flows to attachment control valve
Electric pedal control (3). The pilot oil shifts the spool in the valve (3) to the
(A) Shear OPEN
DOWNWARD position. Machine ECM (12) cancels
(B) Shear CLOSE the swing brake. The engine returns to high idle if the
(13) Lock pin AEC or the one touch idle feature is active. Oil from
(14) ONE-WAY FLOW position drive pump (8) flows through the valve. The pump oil
(15) LOCKED position flows to the work tool. Return oil flows back through
(16) TWO-WAY FLOW position
the main control valve to hydraulic tank (9).
Note: The foot pedal for the work tool will be located
Pilot pump (7) supplies oil to solenoid valve (1).
on the left side of the travel pedals if the machine is
When the foot pedal for the work tool is depressed
equipped with a straight travel pedal.
BACKWARD, pilot oil flows to attachment control
valve (3). The pilot oil shifts the spool in attachment
In order to use the two-way hydraulic flow system,
control valve (3) to the UPWARD position. Machine
the pin must be in the UNLOCKED, TWO-WAY
ECM (12) cancels the swing brake. The engine
FLOW position. Refer to Operation and Maintenance
returns to high idle if the AEC or the one touch
Manual, “Work Tool Pedal” for further information.
idle feature is active. Oil from drive pump (8) flows
through the valve. The pump oil flows to the work
tool. Return oil flows back through the main control
valve to hydraulic tank (9).

Line relief valves (4) and (5) protect the work tool
circuit from pressure spikes. These valves also
provide makeup oil.

The working pressure for the work tool is controlled


by relief valves (4) and (5).
34 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Joystick Thumbwheel Control S/N: FAL1-Up

Pilot pump (7) supplies oil to solenoid valve (1). When S/N: GKL1-Up
joystick thumbwheel (17) is pressed FORWARD, pilot S/N: LFL1-Up
oil flows to attachment control valve (3). The pilot oil
shifts the spool in the valve (3) to the DOWNWARD S/N: TZL1-Up
position. Machine ECM (12) cancels the swing brake.
The engine returns to high idle if the AEC or the one S/N: KLM1-Up
touch idle feature is active. Oil from drive pump (8)
flows through the valve. The pump oil flows to the S/N: WBN1-Up
work tool. Return oil flows back through the main S/N: DFP1-Up
control valve to hydraulic tank (9).
S/N: GDP1-Up
Pilot pump (7) supplies oil to solenoid valve (1). When
joystick thumbwheel (17) is pressed BACKWARD, S/N: JAT1-Up
pilot oil flows to attachment control valve (3). The
S/N: KKT1-Up
pilot oil shifts the spool in attachment control valve (3)
to the UPWARD position. Machine ECM (12) cancels S/N: M4T1-Up
the swing brake. The engine returns to high idle if the
AEC or the one touch idle feature is active. Oil from S/N: PGW1-Up
drive pump (8) flows through the valve. The pump oil
flows to the work tool. Return oil flows back through S/N: YFW1-Up
the main control valve to hydraulic tank (9). S/N: CJX1-Up
Line relief valves (4) and (5) protect the work tool S/N: EDX1-Up
circuit from pressure spikes. These valves also
provide makeup oil. S/N: GMX1-Up

The working pressure for the work tool is controlled S/N: PCX1-Up
by relief valves (4) and (5). S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
i03021050
S/N: MEY1-Up
System 11: Combined Function
S/N: DTZ1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: GPK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
RENR7389-19

6
PAGES 35-36 1 FOLDOUT
RENR7389-19 37
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Partial hydraulic Schematic


(1) Left hydraulic pedal
(2) Pressure switch for the left pedal
(3) Right hydraulic pedal
(4) Pressure switch for the right pedal
(5) Motor for rotation
(6) Solenoid valve for one-way/two-way flow
(7) Solenoid valve for one pump/two pump flow (Number 1)
(8) Solenoid valve for one pump/two pump flow (Number 2)
(9) Line relief valve for one-way flow
(10) Number one solenoid valve EC1
(11) Number two solenoid valve EC2
(12) Line for the work tool
(13) Line for the work tool
(14) Main control valve
(15) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(16) Flow control valve
(17) Flow control valve
(18) Line relief valve (medium pressure)
(19) Line relief valve (medium pressure)
(20) Auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(21) Line relief valve for two-way flow
(22) Line relief valve for two-way flow
(23) Auxiliary control valve
(24) Main relief valve
(25) Attachment control valve
(26) Machine ECM
(27) Relay
(28) Pilot manifold
(29) Drive pump
(30) Idler pump
(31) Pilot pump
(32) Hydraulic tank

Introduction
The combined function hydraulic system that
is present on excavators that are equipped
with a System 11 combines the features of the
one-way/two-way flow system with the features of the
one pump/two pump flow system.

A medium pressure circuit is present on the


excavators that are equipped with a System 11. The
medium pressure circuit for the work tool operates in
the same manner for all machines. The descriptions
refer to the operation of a rotating grapple. The
medium pressure circuit can operate any work tool
that utilizes an auxiliary circuit.

The one pump flow system allows flow from one


pump to power a work tool. All of the load is placed
on a single pump. One pump flow is used for work
tools that require low flow rates for actuation.

The two pump flow system allows the combined flow


from both pumps to power a work tool. Rather than
placing all of the load on a single pump, the two
pump flow system allows the two pumps to provide
flow equally. Two pump flow is used for work tools
that require high flow rates for actuation. Two pump
flow distributes the load equally for work tools that
are used extensively.

Refer to Table 3 for the appropriate work tool and


“TOOL#”.
38 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Table 3
SYSTEM 11
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 11“TOOL#s”
“1P 1 Way” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“2P 1 Way” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”
“1P 2 Way” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#3”
“2P 2 Way” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”

g01245717
Illustration 21
(1) Left pedal
(3) Right pedal

The work tool is operated by right foot pedal (3). The


medium pressure circuit is operated by left foot pedal
(1). Both pedals are located in the cab.

The machine's monitor is used in order to change


between one-way/two-way flow and one pump/two
pump flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work Tool
Parameter - Program” for the Tool Control System to
access the work tool parameters.
RENR7389-19 39
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from One Pump

g01537293
Illustration 22

Description When right pedal (3) is pressed in the FORWARD


position, pilot oil is directed to the top of the auxiliary
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic control valve. The pilot oil will shift the spool in
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 3. auxiliary control valve (23) to the DOWNWARD
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 11: Default position. This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow
Value of Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control through the valve. The pump oil flows through the
System. line for the work tool (13) to the work tool. Return oil
flows through the line for the work tool (12), through
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the number two solenoid valve (EC2) (11), and back to
hydraulic flow to the work tool. hydraulic tank (32).

The work tool is operated by right pedal (3). When “TOOL #” for one-way flow from one pump is
active, number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (10) is active.
Operation Number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (10) allows oil to
flow to line relief valve (9). The work tool's pressure
Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). setting is regulated by line relief valve (9).
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(28) to the right pedal (3), left pedal (1), and the
proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(15).
40 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow From Two Pumps

g01537314
Illustration 23

Description When right pedal (3) is pressed in the FORWARD


position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic control valve (23) and to the top of attachment
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 3. control valve (25). The pilot oil will shift the spools
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 11: Default in the control valve to the DOWNWARD position.
Value of Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow through
System. auxiliary control valve (23) and oil from idler pump
(30) to flow through attachment control valve (25).
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the The two pump flow combines after leaving the
hydraulic flow to the work tool. control valves. The pump oil flows through the line
for the work tool (13) to the work tool. Return oil
The work tool is operated by right pedal (3). flows through the line for the work tool (12), through
number two solenoid valve (EC2) (11), and back to
Operation hydraulic tank (32).

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). When “TOOL #” for one-way flow from two pumps is
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the active, number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (10) is active.
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold Number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (10) allows oil to
(28) to the right pedal (3), left pedal (1), and the flow to line relief valve (9). The work tool's pressure
proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control setting is regulated by line relief valve (9).
(15).
RENR7389-19 41
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.

Two-Way Flow From One Pump


Description
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 3. A
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and
Adjusting, “System 11: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.
42 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01537318
Illustration 24

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
(28) to the right pedal (3), left pedal (1), and the pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
(15). The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
When right pedal (3) is pressed in the FORWARD FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (23). The pilot oil will shift the spool pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
in the auxiliary control valve to the DOWNWARD regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
position. This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
through auxiliary control valve (23). The pump oil control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
flows through the line for the work tool (13) to the to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
work tool. Return oil flows through the line for the the work tool.
work tool (12), through auxiliary control valve (23),
and back to hydraulic tank (32). The working pressure
for the work tool is regulated by line relief valve (21).
RENR7389-19 43
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01537320
Illustration 25

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
(28) to the right pedal (3), left pedal (1), and the pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control when the control valve spools shift UPWARD.
(15). The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
When right pedal (3) is pressed in the BACKWARD FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
position, pilot oil is directed to the bottom of auxiliary ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (23). The pilot oil will shift the spool in pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
the auxiliary control valve to the UPWARD position. regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow through be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
auxiliary control valve (23). The pump oil flows control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
through the line for the work tool (12) to the work to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
tool. Return oil flows through the line for the work tool the work tool.
(13), through auxiliary control valve (23), and back
to hydraulic tank (32). The working pressure for the Two-Way Flow From Two Pumps
work tool is regulated by line relief valve (22).
Description
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 3. A
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and
Adjusting, “System 11: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.
44 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

Operation

g01537323
Illustration 26

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
(28) to the right pedal (3), left pedal (1), and the pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
(15). The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
When right pedal (3) is pressed in the FORWARD FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (23) and to the top of attachment pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
control valve (25). The pilot oil will shift the spools regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
in the control valve to the DOWNWARD position. be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow through control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
auxiliary control valve (23) and oil from idler pump to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
(30) to flow through attachment control valve (25). the work tool.
The two pump flow combines after leaving the
control valves. The pump oil flows through the line
for the work tool (13) to the work tool. Return oil
flows through the line for the work tool (12), through
auxiliary control valve (23), and back to hydraulic
tank (32). The working pressure for the work tool is
regulated by line relief valve (21).
RENR7389-19 45
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01537337
Illustration 27

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
(28) to the right pedal (3), left pedal (1), and the pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control when the control valve spools shift UPWARD. The
(15). machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
When right pedal (3) is pressed in the BACKWARD FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
position, pilot oil is directed to the bottom of auxiliary ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (23) and to the bottom of attachment pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
control valve (25). The pilot oil will shift the spools regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
in the control valve to the UPWARD position. This be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow through control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
auxiliary control valve (23) and oil from idler pump to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
(30) to flow through attachment control valve (25). the work tool.
The two pump flow combines after leaving the control
valves. The pump oil flows through the line for the Medium Pressure
work tool (12) to the work tool. Return oil flows
through the line for the work tool (13), through the
control valve, and back to hydraulic tank (32). The Description
working pressure for the work tool is regulated by
line relief valve (22). A medium pressure circuit is available on the System
11 excavators. The medium pressure circuit for
the work tool operates in the same manner for all
machines. The descriptions refer to the operation of a
rotating grapple. Other operations may be performed.
46 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Note: The auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)


does not influence the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control.

Operation

g01246347
Illustration 28

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28).


When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(28) to left pedal (1). When left pedal (1) is pressed
in the FORWARD position, pilot oil is directed to
the bottom of the auxiliary control valve (medium
pressure). The pilot oil will shift the control valve
spool to the UPWARD position. This allows oil from
drive pump (29) to flow through the auxiliary control
valve (medium pressure) (20). The oil flow is sent
through flow control valve (17) to the motor for
clockwise rotation. The working pressure for rotation
is limited by line relief valve (19).
RENR7389-19 47
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01246360
Illustration 29

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28).


When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(28) to left pedal (1). When left pedal (1) is pressed
in the BACKWARD position, pilot oil is directed
to the top of the auxiliary control valve (medium
pressure). The pilot oil will shift the control valve
spool to the DOWNWARD position. This allows oil
from drive pump (29) to flow through the auxiliary
control valve (medium pressure) (20). The oil flow is
sent through flow control valve (16) to the motor for
counterclockwise rotation. The working pressure for
rotation is limited by line relief valve (18).
48 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

i03352682

System 13: Combined Function


SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
RENR7389-19

PAGES 49-50 1 FOLDOUT


7
RENR7389-19 51
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Machine ECM


(8) Line for work tool
(9) Line for work tool
(10) Number two line relief valve
(11) Pressure sensor
(12) Number one line relief valve
(14) Extend solenoid for attachment stem 1
(15) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 1
(16) Extend solenoid for the attachment stem 2
(17) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 2
(18) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(19) Relief valve (line)
(20) Auxiliary control valve
(21) Attachment control valve
(23) Main control valve
(24) Joystick (right)
(25) Joystick (left)
(26) Pilot manifold
(27) Hydraulic tank
(29) Idler pump
(30) Drive pump
(31) Pilot pump

System 13 is designed to allow complete electronic


control over the tool control system. The combined
function hydraulic system that is present on
excavators that are equipped with a System 13
combines the features of the one-way/two-way flow
system with the features of the one pump/two pump
flow system.

The one pump flow system allows flow from one


pump to power a work tool. All of the load is placed
on a single pump. One pump flow is used for work
tools that require low flow rates for actuation.

The two pump flow system allows the combined flow


from both pumps to power a work tool. Rather than
placing all of the load on a single pump, the two
pump flow system allows the two pumps to provide
flow equally. Two pump flow is used for work tools
that require high flow rates for actuation. Two pump
flow distributes the load equally for work tools that
are used extensively.

Refer to Table 4 for the appropriate work tool and


“TOOL#”.
52 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Table 4
320D, 323D, and 324D SYSTEM 13
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 13 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#2”
“Hammer” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Thumb” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
325D, 328D, and 329D SYSTEM 13
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 13 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#2”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Thumb” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
“Hammer” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
330D and 336D SYSTEM 13
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 13 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Hammer” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Thumb” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”

Two joystick thumb wheels are used to operate the


work tool.
RENR7389-19 53
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01195826
Illustration 31
(32) Horn
(33) Left joystick
(34) Left joystick thumb wheel
(35) Right joystick
(36) Right joystick thumb wheel
(37) Switch for one-way flow
(38) One touch low idle
54 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from One Pump

g01732333
Illustration 32

Description Operation
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 4. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 13: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to solenoid valves: (14), (15), (16), and (17).
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.
When switch (37) is pressed, the machine ECM
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the sends a signal to the extend solenoid for attachment
hydraulic flow to the work tool. control valve (14). Pilot oil flows to attachment
control valve (21). The pilot oil will shift the spool in
The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is attachment control valve (21) to the DOWNWARD
located on the right joystick (35). position. This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow
through the valve. The pump oil flows through the
line for the work tool (9) to the work tool. Return oil
flows through the line for the work tool (8) and back
to hydraulic tank (27).
RENR7389-19 55
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.

One-Way Flow from Two Pumps

g01732713
Illustration 33
56 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Description
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 4.
A typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and
Adjusting, “System 13: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is


located on right joystick (35).

Operation
Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(26) to solenoid valves: (14), (15), (16), and (17).

When switch (37) on the right joystick is pressed, the


machine ECM sends a signal to the extend solenoid
for attachment control valve (14) and the extend
solenoid for auxiliary control valve (16).

Pilot oil flows to attachment control valve (21) and


to auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot oil will shift
the control valve spools DOWNWARD. This allows
oil from drive pump (30) to flow through attachment
control valve (21) and this allows oil from idler pump
(29) to flow through auxiliary control valve (20).
Hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool.
Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8)
and back to hydraulic tank (27).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
RENR7389-19 57
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow from One Pump

g01732739
Illustration 34
58 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01732755
Illustration 35

Description Operation
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 4. A UNLOCK position, pilot pump (31) supplies oil to
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and solenoid valves: (14), (15), (16), and (17). When right
Adjusting, “System 13: Default Value of Work Tool joystick thumb wheel (36) is moved FORWARD, the
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. machine ECM sends a signal to the extend solenoid
for attachment control valve (14). Pilot oil flows to
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the the top of attachment control valve (21). The pilot
hydraulic flow to the work tool. oil will shift the spool to the DOWNWARD position.
This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow through
The “TOOL#” determines the control device that attachment control valve (21). The pump oil flows
operates the work tool. The work tool operates with through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool.
modulated control from the right joystick thumb Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8)
wheel. The work tool can be rotated by operating the and back to hydraulic tank (27).
left joystick thumb wheel.
RENR7389-19 59
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When right joystick thumb wheel (36) is moved


BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to
the retract solenoid for attachment control valve (15).
Pilot oil flows to the bottom of attachment control
valve (21). The pilot oil will shift the spool to the
UPWARD position. This allows oil from drive pump
(30) to flow through attachment control valve (21).
The pump oil flows through the line for the work tool
(8) to the work tool. Return oil flows through the line
for the work tool (9) and back to hydraulic tank (27).

The work tool's pressure setting is regulated by relief


valve (12) and relief valve (10). The machine ECM
sends a signal to the line relief valves. The signal
adjusts the pressure according to the set parameter.
To view the parameters for the work tool, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “System 13: Default Value of
Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
60 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow from Two Pumps

g01732775
Illustration 36
RENR7389-19 61
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01732797
Illustration 37

Description Operation
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 4. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 13: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to the solenoid valves: (14), (15), (16), and (17).
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

The work tool is operated by right joystick slide


control (36).

Note: Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 13:


Default Value of Work Tool Parameters” and Testing
and Adjusting, “Work Tool Parameter - Program” for
the Tool Control System.
62 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When right joystick thumb wheel (36) is moved Clench Pressure


FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
extend solenoid for attachment control valve (14) and Some work tools grip objects in order to move the
the extend solenoid for auxiliary control valve (16). objects. Machines that are equipped with System 13
The signal is proportional to the forward displacement can grip objects without crushing or dropping the
of the joystick thumb wheel. Pilot oil flows to the top objects when the clench pressure is set correctly.
of attachment control valve (21) and auxiliary control Parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” is used with
valve (20). The pilot oil will shift the spool in each parameters “F2 SQEZ START PRES”, “F2 SQEZ
control valve DOWNWARD. This allows oil from END PRES” and “A1 EXTEND MAX PRES” in order
drive pump (30) to flow through attachment control to control the clench pressure.
valve (21) and this also allows oil from idler pump
(29) to flow through auxiliary control valve (20). The Parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” is set to a value
hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the for the pilot pressure that is less than parameter “A1
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows EXTEND MAX PRES”. Parameter “F2 SQEZ START
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool. PRES” is used in order to control the lower limit of the
Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8) range for the clench pressure. Parameter “F2 SQEZ
and back to hydraulic tank (27). END PRES” is used in order to control the upper limit
for the clench pressure. Parameter “A1 EXTEND
When right joystick thumb wheel (36) is moved MAX PRES” is used in order to control the maximum
BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the pilot pressure.
retract solenoid for attachment control valve (15) and
the retract solenoid for auxiliary control valve (17). The electronic control system uses a pressure sensor
Pilot oil flows to the bottom of attachment control in order to monitor the hydraulic pressure in the head
valve (21) and auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot end of the work tool cylinders. When the pressure
oil will shift the spool in each control valve UPWARD. that is detected by this sensor falls between the
This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow through upper and lower limits, the electronic control system
attachment control valve (21) and this also allows oil reduces the pilot pressure that is used to activate the
from idler pump (29) to flow through auxiliary control circuit.
valve (20). The hydraulic oil from the two pumps
combines after the oil passes through both valves.
The pump oil flows through the line for the work tool
(8) to the work tool. Return oil flows through the line
for the work tool (9) and back to hydraulic tank (27).

The work tool's pressure setting is regulated by relief


valve (12) and relief valve (10). The machine ECM
sends a signal to the line relief valves. The signal
adjusts the pressure according to the set parameter.
To view the parameters for the work tool, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “System 13: Default Value of
Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER Illustration 38
g01296093
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
RENR7389-19

PAGES 63-64 1 FOLDOUT

8
RENR7389-19 65
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Motor for rotation


(2) Line relief valve for auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(3) Auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(4) Main relief valve (medium pressure)
(5) PRV for the retraction of attachment stem 3
(6) PRV for the extension of attachment stem 3
(7) “(EC3)” Solenoid for one-way flow and two-way flow
(8) Line for work tool
(9) Line for work tool
(10) Number two line relief valve
(11) Number two solenoid valve “EC2”
(12) Number one line relief valve
(13) Number one solenoid valve “EC1”
(14) Extend solenoid for attachment stem 2
(15) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 2
(16) Extend solenoid for the attachment stem 1
(17) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 1
(18) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(19) Relief valve (line)
(20) Auxiliary control valve
(21) Attachment control valve
(22) Machine ECM
(23) Main control valve
(24) Joystick (right)
(25) Joystick (left)
(26) Pilot manifold
(27) Hydraulic tank
(28) Auxiliary pump
(29) Idler pump
(30) Drive pump
(31) Pilot pump

System 14 is designed to allow complete electronic


control over the tool control system. The System 14
combined function system combines the features of
the one-way/two-way flow system with the features
of the one pump/two pump system.

The one pump flow system allows flow from one


pump to power a work tool. All of the load is placed
on a single pump. One pump flow is used for work
tools that require low flow rates for actuation.

The two pump flow system allows the combined flow


from both pumps to power a work tool. Rather than
placing all of the load on a single pump, the two
pump flow system allows the two pumps to provide
flow equally. Two pump flow is used for work tools
that require high flow rates for actuation. Two pump
flow distributes the load equally for work tools that
are used extensively.

A medium pressure circuit is optional on the System


14 excavators. The medium pressure circuit for
the work tool operates in the same manner for all
machines. The descriptions refer to the operation of a
rotating grapple. Other operations may be performed.

Refer to Table 5 for the appropriate work tool and


“TOOL#”.
66 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Table 5
320D, 323D, and 324D SYSTEM 14
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 14 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#2”
“Hammer” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Thumb” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
325D, 328D, and 329D SYSTEM 14
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 14 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#2”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Thumb” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
“Hammer” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
330D and 336D SYSTEM 14
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 14 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Hammer” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Thumb” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”

Two joysticks thumbwheels are used to operate the


work tool.
RENR7389-19 67
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01195826
Illustration 40
(32) Horn
(33) Left joystick
(34) Left joystick thumbwheel
(35) Right joystick
(36) Right joystick thumbwheel
(37) Switch for one-way flow
(38) One touch low idle
68 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from One Pump

g01538513
Illustration 41

Description Operation
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 5. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 14: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (14), (15), (16), and
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. (17).

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is


located on the right joystick (35).
RENR7389-19 69
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When switch (37) is pressed, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the extend solenoid for attachment
control valve (16). The machine ECM also sends a
signal to the solenoid valve for one-way flow and
two-way flow (7) in order to open the valve. Pilot oil
flows to attachment control valve (21). The pilot oil
will shift the spool in attachment control valve (21) to
the DOWNWARD position. This allows oil from right
pump (30) to flow through the valve. The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (9) to the work
tool. Return oil flows through the line for work tool
(8), through the valve for one-way flow and two-way
flow and back to hydraulic tank (27).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
70 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from Two Pumps

g01538534
Illustration 42

Description Operation
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 5. When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
A typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 14: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (14), (15), (16), and
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. (17).

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the When switch (37) on the right joystick is pressed, the
hydraulic flow to the work tool. machine ECM sends a signal to the extend solenoid
for attachment control valve (16) and the extend
The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is solenoid for auxiliary control valve (14). The machine
located on right joystick (35). ECM also sends a signal to the solenoid valve for
one-way flow (7) in order to open the valve.
RENR7389-19 71
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Pilot oil flows to attachment control valve (21) and


to auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot oil will shift
the control valve spools DOWNWARD. This allows
oil from drive pump (30) to flow through attachment
control valve (21) and this allows oil from idler pump
(29) to flow through auxiliary control valve (20).
Hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool.
Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8),
through the valve for one-way flow and two-way flow
(7) and back to hydraulic tank (27).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
72 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow from One Pump

g01538554
Illustration 43
RENR7389-19 73
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01538557
Illustration 44

Description Auxiliary pump (28) is mounted on machines that are


equipped with System 14 in order to supply hydraulic
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic oil to the medium pressure circuit for rotation of the
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 5. A work tool. The left joystick thumbwheel is the only
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and control device that controls the medium pressure
Adjusting, “System 14: Default Value of Work Tool circuit. Select the appropriate “TOOL#” for work tools
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. that rotate.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

The “TOOL#” determines the control device that


operates the work tool. The work tool operates with
modulated control from the right joystick thumbwheel.
The work tool can be rotated by operating the left
joystick thumbwheel.
74 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to
the UNLOCK position, pilot pump (31) supplies oil
to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (14), (15), (16), and
(17). When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved
FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
extend solenoid for attachment control valve (16).
The machine ECM also sends a signal to the solenoid
for number one check valve “EC1” (13) in order to
open the valve. The machine ECM also sends a
signal to the solenoid for one-way flow and two-way
flow “EC3” (7) in order to de-energize this valve. Pilot
oil flows to the top of attachment control valve (21).
The pilot oil will shift the spool to the DOWNWARD
position. This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow
through attachment control valve (21). The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (9) to the work
tool. The working pressure for the work tool is limited
by the line relief valve for the work tool (12) through
number one check valve “EC1” (13).

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved


BACKWARD , the machine ECM sends a signal to
the retract solenoid for attachment control valve (17).
The machine ECM sends a signal to the solenoid for
number two check valve “EC2” (11) in order to open
the valve. The machine ECM also sends a signal
to the solenoid for one-way flow and two-way flow
“EC3” (7) in order to de-energize this valve. Pilot
oil flows to the bottom of attachment control valve
(21). The pilot oil will shift the spool to the UPWARD
position. This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow
through attachment control valve (21). The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (8) to the work
tool. The working pressure for the tool is limited by
the line relief valve for the work tool (10), through
number two check valve “EC2” (11).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
RENR7389-19 75
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow from Two Pumps

g01538633
Illustration 45
76 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01538634
Illustration 46

Description Operation
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 5. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 14: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to the solenoid valves: (5), (6), (14), (15), (16),
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. and (17).

The work tool is operated by right joystick slide


control (36).

Note: Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 14:


Default Value of Work Tool Parameters” and Testing
and Adjusting, “Work Tool Parameter - Program” for
the Tool Control System.
RENR7389-19 77
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved Rotation


FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
extend solenoid for attachment control valve (16) and
the extend solenoid for auxiliary control valve (14).
The signal is proportional to the forward displacement
of the joystick thumbwheel. The machine ECM also
sends a signal to the solenoid for number one check
valve “EC1” (11) in order to open the valve. Pilot oil
flows to the top of attachment control valve (21) and
auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot oil will shift the
spool in each control valve DOWNWARD. This allows
oil from drive pump (30) to flow through attachment
control valve (21) and this also allows oil from idler
pump (29) to flow through auxiliary control valve (20).
The hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after
the oil passes through both valves. The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (9) to the work
tool. The working pressure for the work tool is limited
by the line relief valve for the work tool (12) through
number one check valve “EC1” (13).

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved


BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
retract solenoid for attachment control valve (17) and
the retract solenoid for auxiliary control valve (15).
The machine ECM also sends a signal to number two
check valve “EC2” (11) in order to open the valve.
Pilot oil flows to the bottom of attachment control
valve (21) and auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot
g01538573
oil will shift the spool in each control valve UPWARD. Illustration 47
This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow through
attachment control valve (21) and this also allows oil Note: The auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
from idler pump (29) to flow through auxiliary control does not influence the proportional solenoid valve
valve (20). The hydraulic oil from the two pumps for negative flow control.
combines after the oil passes through both valves.
The pump oil flows through the line for the work tool Pilot pump (30) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
(8) to the work tool. The working pressure for the work When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
tool is limited by the line relief valve for the work tool UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(10) through the number two check valve “EC2” (11). (26) to solenoid valves: (5) and (6).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM When left joystick thumbwheel (34) is moved
sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control the extend solenoid for the auxiliary control valve
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked (medium pressure) (6). Pilot oil flows to the top of
when the control valve spools shift Downward. the valve. The pilot oil will shift the control valve
The machine ECM has the following programmed spool to the DOWNWARD position. This allows oil
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD from auxiliary pump (28) to flow through the auxiliary
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER control valve (medium pressure) (3) to the motor for
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and clockwise rotation. The working pressure for rotation
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM is limited by main relief valve (4).
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow When left joystick thumbwheel (34) is moved
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to the retract solenoid for the auxiliary control valve
the work tool. (medium pressure) (5). Pilot oil flows to the bottom
of the auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(3). The pilot oil will shift the control valve spool
to the UPWARD position. This allows oil from
auxiliary pump (28) to flow through the auxiliary
control valve (medium pressure) (3) to the motor for
counterclockwise rotation. The working pressure for
the work tool is limited by main relief valve (22).
78 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Clench Pressure When the clench pressure circuit is activated in order


to grip an object, the hydraulic pressure for the work
Some work tools grip objects in order to move the tool circuit increases to the line relief setting. As
objects. Machines that are equipped with System 14 the circuit pressure increases, the electronic control
can grip objects without crushing or dropping the system monitors the head end pressure of the work
objects when the clench pressure is set correctly. tool cylinder. When the head end pressure reaches
Parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” is used with the value of parameter “F2 SQEZ START PRES”, the
parameters “F2 SQEZ START PRES”, “F2 SQEZ electronic control system begins lowering the pilot
END PRES” and “A1 EXTEND MAX PRES” in order pressure. The pilot pressure is reduced to the value
to control the clench pressure. of parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” before the
hydraulic pressure on the head end of the work tool
Parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” is set to a value cylinder reaches the value of parameter “F2 SQEZ
for the pilot pressure that is less than parameter “A1 END PRES”.
EXTEND MAX PRES”. Parameter “F2 SQEZ START
PRES” is used in order to control the lower limit of the
i04154875
range for the clench pressure. Parameter “F2 SQEZ
END PRES” is used in order to control the upper limit
for the clench pressure. Parameter “A1 EXTEND
System 16: One-Way/Two
MAX PRES” is used in order to control the maximum Pump
pilot pressure.
SMCS Code: 5000
The electronic control system uses a pressure sensor
in order to monitor the hydraulic pressure in the head S/N: GPB1-Up
end of the work tool cylinders. When the pressure S/N: XDB1-Up
that is detected by this sensor falls between the
upper and lower limits, the electronic control system S/N: BFC1-Up
reduces the pilot pressure that is used to activate the
circuit. S/N: EJC1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: RAC1-Up
S/N: SDC1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up
S/N: CYD1-Up
S/N: PBD1-Up
S/N: SED1-Up
S/N: T2D1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up
S/N: GGE1-Up
S/N: NDE1-Up
S/N: PKE1-Up
g01296093
Illustration 48 S/N: WNE1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up
S/N: JBF1-Up
S/N: SWF1-Up
S/N: ZMF1-Up
S/N: CWG1-Up
S/N: JLG1-Up
S/N: LMG1-Up
RENR7389-19

PAGES 79-80 1 FOLDOUT

9
RENR7389-19 81
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Work tool solenoid valve


(2) Line for work tool (return)
(3) Line relief valve
(4) Line for work tool (supply)
(5) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(6) Main control valve
(7) Auxiliary control valve
(8) Attachment control valve
(9) Line relief valve
(10) Line relief valve
(11) Machine ECM
(12) Foot switch
(13) Right joystick (three buttons)
(14) Left pedal
(15) Drive pump
(16) Idler pump
(17) Pilot manifold
(18) Pilot pump
g01214880
(19) Hydraulic tank Illustration 52
(14) Left pedal
(A) Lock pin
(B) ONE-WAY FLOW position
(C) LOCKED position
(D) TWO-WAY FLOW position

System 16 is used for work tools that require


pressurized hydraulic flow in one direction.

g01214885
Illustration 50
(12) Foot switch for the work tool

g01194313
Illustration 53
(1) Work tool solenoid valve

Note: System 16 is controlled by one of the following:


joystick (three button) , electric foot pedal, and
electric foot switch. The following procedure is for
a machine that is equipped with a foot switch. The
operation of machines that are equipped with another
device for activation of the work tool is accomplished
Illustration 51
g01214883 in the same manner.
(13) Right joystick (three button)
The work tool is operated by foot switch (12) that is
located in the cab. Foot switch (12) provides a signal
to machine ECM (11). When the ECM receives a
signal, the ECM sends power to work tool solenoid
valve (1).
82 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Pilot pump (18) supplies oil to pilot manifold (15). i04154917


When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold System 17: Combined Function
(15) to work tool solenoid valve (1). When foot switch
(12) is depressed, pilot oil flows to both auxiliary SMCS Code: 5000
control valve (7) and to attachment control valve
S/N: GPB1-748
(8). The pilot oil will shift the spool in the valves to
the DOWNWARD position to allow oil from drive S/N: EJC1-618
pump (17) to flow through attachment control valve
(8).Shifting the spools also allows oil from idler pump S/N: GBC1-163
(16) to flow through auxiliary control valve (7). The
hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the S/N: SDC1-933
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows S/N: CYD1-614
through line (4) to the work tool. Return oil from the
work tool flows through line (2) back to hydraulic tank S/N: PBD1-Up
(19).
S/N: GGE1-604
The machine ECM sends a signal to the proportional
S/N: NDE1-182
solenoid valve for negative flow control (6). Negative
flow control pressure in the center bypass passage is S/N: PKE1-773
blocked when the valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has programmed parameter S/N: THJ1-299
values “NAME”, “MAX DIAL”, and “MIN DIAL” for flow
and pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM S/N: LAL1-250
calculates the negative flow control pressure that will
S/N: MCL1-198
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in right pump S/N: LRM1-250
(17) and left pump (16) to the correct angle to limit
the flow and pressure to the work tool. S/N: PBM1-586
S/N: SYM1-579
S/N: ERN1-307
S/N: GBR1-156
S/N: RAS1-861
S/N: T2S1-Up
S/N: CYW1-192
S/N: DKW1-334
S/N: T2Y1-250
RENR7389-19

PAGES 83-84 1 FOLDOUT

10
RENR7389-19 85
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Motor for rotation


(2) Line relief valve for auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(3) Auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(4) Main relief valve (medium pressure)
(5) PRV for the attachment stem 3
(6) PRV for the extension of attachment stem 3
(7) “(EC3)” Solenoid for one-way flow and two-way flow
(8) Line for work tool
(9) Line for work tool
(10) Number one line relief valve
(11) Number one solenoid valve “EC1”
(12) Extend solenoid for the attachment stem 2
(13) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 2
(14) Extend solenoid for the attachment stem 1
(15) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 1
(16) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(17) Relief valve (line)
(18) Auxiliary control valve
(19) Attachment control valve
(20) Machine ECM
(21) Main control valve
(22) Joystick (right)
(23) Joystick (left)
(24) Pilot manifold
(25) Hydraulic tank
(26) Auxiliary pump
(27) Idler pump
(28) Drive pump
(29) Pilot pump

System 17 is designed to allow complete electronic


control over the tool control system. The combined
function hydraulic system that is present on
excavators that are equipped with a System 17
combines the features of the one-way/two-way flow
system with the features of the one pump/two pump
flow system.

The one pump flow system allows flow from one


pump to power a work tool. All of the load is placed
on a single pump. One pump flow is used for work
tools that require low flow rates for actuation.

The two pump flow system allows the combined flow


from both pumps to power a work tool. Rather than
placing all of the load on a single pump, the two
pump flow system allows the two pumps to provide
flow equally. Two pump flow is used for work tools
that require high flow rates for actuation. Two pump
flow distributes the load equally for work tools that
are used extensively.

A medium pressure circuit is optional on the System


17 excavators. The medium pressure circuit for
the work tool operates in the same manner for all
machines. The descriptions refer to the operation of a
rotating grapple. Other operations may be performed.

Refer to Table 6 for the appropriate work tool and


“TOOL#”.
86 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Table 6
320D SYSTEM 17
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 17 “TOOL#s”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#3”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#2”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”
323D, 324D, 325D and 328D SYSTEM 17
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 17 “TOOL#s”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”
330D SYSTEM 17
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 17 “TOOL#s”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”

Note: System 17 is controlled by one of the following:


joystick thumbwheel, electric foot pedal, electric foot
switch, and joystick with four buttons. The following
procedure is for a machine that is equipped with
joystick thumbwheel controls. The operation of
machines that are equipped with another device for
activation of the work tool is accomplished in the
same manner.

Note: Machines with a foot switch do not have


two-way flow or proportional flow.

Two joysticks with thumb wheels are used to operate


the work tool.
RENR7389-19 87
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01195826
Illustration 55
(32) Horn
(33) Left joystick
(34) Left joystick thumbwheel
(35) Right joystick
(36) Right joystick thumbwheel
(37) Switch for one-way flow
(38) One touch low idle
88 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from One Pump

g01538854
Illustration 56

Description Operation
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic Pilot pump (29) supplies oil to pilot manifold (24).
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 6. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 17: Default Value of Work Tool (24) to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (12), (13), (14), and
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. (15).

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is


located on the right joystick (35).
RENR7389-19 89
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When switch (37) is pressed, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the extend solenoid for the
attachment control valve (14). The machine ECM
also sends a signal to the solenoid valve for one-way
flow and two-way flow (7) in order to open the valve.
Pilot oil flows to attachment control valve (19). The
pilot oil will shift the spool in attachment control valve
(19) to the DOWNWARD position. This allows oil
from drive pump (28) to flow through the valve. The
pump oil flows through the line for the work tool (9) to
the work tool. Return oil flows through the line for the
work tool (8), through the valve for one-way flow and
two-way flow and back to hydraulic tank (25).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (16). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. These parameters control the flow
and pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
90 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow From Two Pumps

g01538857
Illustration 57

Description Operation
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic Pilot pump (29) supplies oil to pilot manifold (24).
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 6. When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
A typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 17: Default Value of Work Tool (24) to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (12), (13), (14), and
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. (15).

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the When switch (37) on the right joystick is pressed, the
hydraulic flow to the work tool. machine ECM sends a signal to the extend solenoid
for attachment control valve (14) and the extend
The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is solenoid for auxiliary control valve (12). The machine
located on right joystick (35). ECM also sends a signal to the solenoid valve for
one-way flow (7) in order to open the valve.
RENR7389-19 91
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Pilot oil flows to attachment control valve (19) and


to auxiliary control valve (18). The pilot oil will shift
the control valve spools DOWNWARD. This allows
oil from drive pump (28) to flow through attachment
control valve (19) and this allows oil from idler pump
(27) to flow through auxiliary control valve (18).
Hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool.
Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8),
through the valve for one-way flow and two-way flow
(7) and back to hydraulic tank (25).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (16). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
92 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow From One Pump

g01538859
Illustration 58
RENR7389-19 93
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01538873
Illustration 59

Description Auxiliary pump (26) is mounted on machines that are


equipped with System 17 in order to supply hydraulic
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic oil to the medium pressure circuit for rotation of the
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 6. A work tool. The left joystick thumbwheel is the only
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and control device that controls the medium pressure
Adjusting, “System 17: Default Value of Work Tool circuit. Select only “TOOL#” for work tools that rotate.
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

The “TOOL#” determines the control device that


operates the work tool. The work tool operates with
modulated control from the right joystick thumbwheel.
The work tool can be rotated by operating the left
joystick thumbwheel.
94 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to
the UNLOCK position, pilot pump (29) supplies oil
to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (12), (13), (14), and
(15). When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved
FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
extend solenoid for attachment control valve (14).
The machine ECM also sends a signal to the solenoid
for number one check valve “EC1” (11) in order to
open the valve. The machine ECM also sends a
signal to the solenoid for one-way flow and two-way
flow “EC3” (7) in order to de-energize this valve. Pilot
oil flows to the top of attachment control valve (19).
The pilot oil will shift the spool to the DOWNWARD
position. This allows oil from drive pump (28) to flow
through attachment control valve (19). The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (9) to the work
tool. The working pressure for the work tool is limited
by the line relief valve for the work tool (10) through
number one check valve “EC1” (11).

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved


BACKWARD , the machine ECM sends a signal to
the retract solenoid for attachment control valve (15).
The machine ECM sends a signal to the solenoid for
one-way flow and two-way flow “EC3” (7) in order to
de-energize this valve. Pilot oil flows to the bottom of
attachment control valve (19). The pilot oil will shift
the spool to the UPWARD position. This allows oil
from drive pump (28) to flow through attachment
control valve (19). The pump oil flows through the
line for the work tool (8) to the work tool. The working
pressure for the work tool is limited by the line relief
valve for the work tool (17).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (16). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
RENR7389-19 95
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow From Two Pumps

g01538875
Illustration 60
96 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01538876
Illustration 61

Description Operation
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic Pilot pump (29) supplies oil to pilot manifold (24).
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 6. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 17: Default Value of Work Tool (24) to the solenoid valves: (5), (6), (12), (13), (14),
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. and (15).

The work tool is operated by right joystick slide


control (36).

Note: Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 17:


Default Value of Work Tool Parameters” and Testing
and Adjusting, “Work Tool Parameter - Program” for
the Tool Control System.
RENR7389-19 97
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved Rotation


FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
extend solenoid for attachment control valve (14) and
the extend solenoid for auxiliary control valve (12).
The signal is proportional to the forward displacement
of the joystick thumbwheel. Pilot oil flows to the top
of attachment control valve (19) and auxiliary control
valve (18). The pilot oil will shift the spool in each
control valve DOWNWARD. This allows oil from
drive pump (28) to flow through attachment control
valve (19) and this also allows oil from idler pump
(27) to flow through auxiliary control valve (18). The
hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool.
The working pressure for the work tool is limited by
the line relief valve for the work tool (10) through
number one check valve “EC1” (11).

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved


BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
retract solenoid for attachment control valve (15) and
the retract solenoid for auxiliary control valve (13).
Pilot oil flows to the bottom of attachment control
valve (19) and auxiliary control valve (18). The pilot
oil will shift the spool in each control valve UPWARD.
This allows oil from drive pump (28) to flow through
attachment control valve (19) and this also allows oil
from idler pump (27) to flow through auxiliary control
g01538877
valve (18). The hydraulic oil from the two pumps Illustration 62
combines after the oil passes through both valves.
The pump oil flows through the line for the work tool Note: The auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(8) to the work tool. The working pressure for the does not influence the proportional solenoid valve
work tool is limited by the line relief valve for the work for negative flow control.
tool (17).
Pilot pump (29) supplies oil to pilot manifold (24).
During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
for negative flow control (16). Negative flow control (24) to solenoid valves: (5) and (6).
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD. When left joystick thumbwheel (34) is moved
The machine ECM has the following programmed FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD the extend solenoid for the auxiliary control valve
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER (medium pressure) (6). Pilot oil flows to the top of
ENABLE” The parameters control the flow and the valve. The pilot oil will shift the control valve
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM spool to the DOWNWARD position. This allows oil
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will from auxiliary pump (26) to flow through the auxiliary
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow control valve (medium pressure) (3) to the motor for
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump clockwise rotation. The working pressure for rotation
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to is limited by main relief valve (4).
the work tool.
When left joystick thumbwheel (34) is moved
BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to
the retract solenoid for the auxiliary control valve
(medium pressure) (5). Pilot oil flows to the bottom
of the auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(3). The pilot oil will shift the control valve spool
to the UPWARD position. This allows oil from
auxiliary pump (26) to flow through the auxiliary
control valve (medium pressure) (3) to the motor for
counterclockwise rotation. The working pressure for
the work tool is limited by main relief valve (4).
98 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Clench Pressure When the clench pressure circuit is activated in order


to grip an object, the hydraulic pressure for the work
Some work tools grip objects in order to move the tool circuit increases to the line relief setting. As
objects. Machines that are equipped with System 17 the circuit pressure increases, the electronic control
can grip objects without crushing or dropping the system monitors the head end pressure of the work
objects when the clench pressure is set correctly. tool cylinder. When the head end pressure reaches
Parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” is used with the value of parameter “F2 SQEZ START PRES”, the
parameters “F2 SQEZ START PRES”, “F2 SQEZ electronic control system begins lowering the pilot
END PRES” and “A1 EXTEND MAX PRES” in order pressure. The pilot pressure is reduced to the value
to control the clench pressure. of parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” before the
hydraulic pressure on the head end of the work tool
Parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” is set to a value cylinder reaches the value of parameter “F2 SQEZ
for the pilot pressure that is less than parameter “A1 END PRES”.
EXTEND MAX PRES”. Parameter “F2 SQEZ START
PRES” is used in order to control the lower limit of the
i04154931
range for the clench pressure. Parameter “F2 SQEZ
END PRES” is used in order to control the upper limit
for the clench pressure. Parameter “A1 EXTEND
System 17: Combined Function
MAX PRES” is used in order to control the maximum SMCS Code: 5000
pilot pressure.
S/N: TXA1-Up
The electronic control system uses a pressure sensor
in order to monitor the hydraulic pressure in the head S/N: GPB749-Up
end of the work tool cylinders. When the pressure
S/N: XDB1-Up
that is detected by this sensor falls between the
upper and lower limits, the electronic control system S/N: BFC1-Up
reduces the pilot pressure that is used to activate the
circuit. S/N: EJC619-Up
S/N: GBC164-Up
S/N: RAC1-Up
S/N: SDC934-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up
S/N: CYD615-Up
S/N: SED1-Up
S/N: T2D1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up
S/N: GGE605-Up
S/N: NDE183-Up
S/N: PKE774-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up
g01296093
Illustration 63 S/N: CZF1-Up
S/N: JBF1-Up
S/N: SWF1-Up
S/N: ZMF1-Up
S/N: CWG1-Up
S/N: JLG1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up
RENR7389-19

PAGES 99-100 1 FOLDOUT

11
RENR7389-19 101
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Motor for rotation


(2) Line relief valve for auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(3) Auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(4) Main relief valve (medium pressure)
(5) PRV for the retraction of attachment stem 3
(6) PRV for the extension of attachment stem 3
(7) “(EC3)” Solenoid for one-way flow and two-way flow
(8) Line for work tool
(9) Line for work tool
(10) Number two line relief valve
(11) Number two solenoid valve “EC2”
(12) Number one line relief valve
(13) Number one solenoid valve “EC1”
(14) Extend solenoid for the attachment stem 1
(15) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 1
(16) Extend solenoid for attachment stem 2
(17) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 2
(18) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(19) Relief valve (line)
(20) Auxiliary control valve
(21) Attachment control valve
(22) Machine ECM
(23) Main control valve
(24) Joystick (right)
(25) Joystick (left)
(26) Pilot manifold
(27) Hydraulic tank
(28) Auxiliary pump
(29) Idler pump
(30) Drive pump
(31) Pilot pump

System 17 is designed to allow complete electronic


control over the tool control system. The combined
function hydraulic system that is present on
excavators that are equipped with a System 17
combines the features of the one-way/two-way flow
system with the features of the one pump/two pump
flow system.

The one pump flow system allows flow from one


pump to power a work tool. All of the load is placed
on a single pump. One pump flow is used for work
tools that require low flow rates for actuation.

The two pump flow system allows the combined flow


from both pumps to power a work tool. Rather than
placing all of the load on a single pump, the two
pump flow system allows the two pumps to provide
flow equally. Two pump flow is used for work tools
that require high flow rates for actuation. Two pump
flow distributes the load equally for work tools that
are used extensively.

A medium pressure circuit is optional on the System


17 excavators. The medium pressure circuit for
the work tool operates in the same manner for all
machines. The descriptions refer to the operation of a
rotating grapple. Other operations may be performed.

Refer to Table 7 for the appropriate work tool and


“TOOL#”.
102 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Table 7
320D SYSTEM 17
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 17 “TOOL#s”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#3”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#2”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”
323D, 324D, 325D, 328D and 329D SYSTEM 17
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 17 “TOOL#s”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”
330D and 336D SYSTEM 17
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 17 “TOOL#s”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”

Note: System 17 is controlled by one of the following:


joystick thumbwheel, electric foot pedal, electric foot
switch, and joystick with four buttons. The following
procedure is for a machine that is equipped with
joystick thumbwheel controls. The operation of
machines that are equipped with another device for
activation of the work tool is accomplished in the
same manner.

Note: Machines with a foot switch do not have


two-way flow or proportional flow.

Two joysticks with thumb wheels are used to operate


the work tool.
RENR7389-19 103
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01195826
Illustration 65
(32) Horn
(33) Left joystick
(34) Left joystick thumbwheel
(35) Right joystick
(36) Right joystick thumbwheel
(37) Switch for one-way flow
(38) One touch low idle
104 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from One Pump

g01626884
Illustration 66

Description Operation
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 7. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 17: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (14), (15), (16), and
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. (17).

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is


located on the right joystick (35).
RENR7389-19 105
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When switch (37) is pressed, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the extend solenoid for attachment
control valve (14). The machine ECM also sends a
signal to the solenoid valve for one-way flow and
two-way flow (7) in order to open the valve. Pilot oil
flows to attachment control valve (21). The pilot oil
will shift the spool in attachment control valve (21) to
the DOWNWARD position. This allows oil from drive
pump (30) to flow through the valve. The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (9) to the work
tool. Return oil flows through the line for the work tool
(8), through the valve for one-way flow and two-way
flow and back to hydraulic tank (27).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
106 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from Two Pumps

g01626891
Illustration 67

Description Operation
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 7. When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
A typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 17: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (14), (15), (16), and
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. (17).

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the When switch (37) on the right joystick is pressed, the
hydraulic flow to the work tool. machine ECM sends a signal to the extend solenoid
for attachment control valve (14) and the extend
The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is solenoid for auxiliary control valve (16). The machine
located on right joystick (35). ECM also sends a signal to the solenoid valve for
one-way flow (7) in order to open the valve.
RENR7389-19 107
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Pilot oil flows to attachment control valve (21) and


to auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot oil will shift
the control valve spools DOWNWARD. This allows
oil from drive pump (30) to flow through attachment
control valve (21) and this allows oil from idler pump
(29) to flow through auxiliary control valve (20).
Hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool.
Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8),
through the valve for one-way flow and two-way flow
(7) and back to hydraulic tank (27).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
108 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow from One Pump

g01626897
Illustration 68
RENR7389-19 109
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01626902
Illustration 69

Description Auxiliary pump (28) is mounted on machines that are


equipped with System 17 in order to supply hydraulic
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic oil to the medium pressure circuit for rotation of the
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 7. A work tool. The left joystick thumbwheel is the only
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and control device that controls the medium pressure
Adjusting, “System 17: Default Value of Work Tool circuit. Select the appropriate “TOOL#” for work tools
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. that rotate.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

The “TOOL#” determines the control device that


operates the work tool. The work tool operates with
modulated control from the right joystick thumbwheel.
The work tool can be rotated by operating the left
joystick thumbwheel.
110 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to
the UNLOCK position, pilot pump (31) supplies oil
to solenoid valves: (5), (6), (14), (15), (16), and
(17). When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved
FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
extend solenoid for attachment control valve (14).
The machine ECM also sends a signal to the solenoid
for number one check valve “EC1” (13) in order to
open the valve. The machine ECM also sends a
signal to the solenoid for one-way flow and two-way
flow “EC3” (7) in order to de-energize this valve. Pilot
oil flows to the top of attachment control valve (21).
The pilot oil will shift the spool to the DOWNWARD
position. This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow
through attachment control valve (21). The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (9) to the work
tool. The working pressure for the work tool is limited
by the line relief valve for the work tool (12) through
number one check valve “EC1” (13).

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved


BACKWARD , the machine ECM sends a signal to
the retract solenoid for attachment control valve (15).
The machine ECM sends a signal to the solenoid for
number two check valve “EC2” (11) in order to open
the valve. The machine ECM also sends a signal
to the solenoid for one-way flow and two-way flow
“EC3” (7) in order to de-energize this valve. Pilot
oil flows to the bottom of attachment control valve
(21). The pilot oil will shift the spool to the UPWARD
position. This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow
through attachment control valve (21). The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (8) to the work
tool. The working pressure for the tool is limited by
the line relief valve for the work tool (10), through
number two check valve “EC2” (11).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
RENR7389-19 111
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow from Two Pumps

g01626912
Illustration 70
112 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01626916
Illustration 71

Description Operation
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 7. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 17: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to the solenoid valves: (5), (6), (14), (15), (16),
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. and (17).

The work tool is operated by right joystick slide


control (36).

Note: Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 17:


Default Value of Work Tool Parameters” and Testing
and Adjusting, “Work Tool Parameter - Program” for
the Tool Control System.
RENR7389-19 113
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved Rotation


FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
extend solenoid for attachment control valve (14) and
the extend solenoid for auxiliary control valve (16).
The signal is proportional to the forward displacement
of the joystick thumbwheel. The machine ECM also
sends a signal to the solenoid for number one check
valve “EC1” (13) in order to open the valve. Pilot oil
flows to the top of attachment control valve (21) and
auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot oil will shift the
spool in each control valve DOWNWARD. This allows
oil from drive pump (30) to flow through attachment
control valve (21) and this also allows oil from idler
pump (29) to flow through auxiliary control valve (20).
The hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after
the oil passes through both valves. The pump oil
flows through the line for the work tool (9) to the work
tool. The working pressure for the work tool is limited
by the line relief valve for the work tool (12) through
number one check valve “EC1” (13).

When right joystick thumbwheel (36) is moved


BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
retract solenoid for attachment control valve (15) and
the retract solenoid for auxiliary control valve (17).
The machine ECM also sends a signal to number two
check valve “EC2” (11) in order to open the valve.
Pilot oil flows to the bottom of attachment control
valve (21) and auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot
g01538573
oil will shift the spool in each control valve UPWARD. Illustration 72
This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow through
attachment control valve (21) and this also allows oil Note: The auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
from idler pump (29) to flow through auxiliary control does not influence the proportional solenoid valve
valve (20). The hydraulic oil from the two pumps for negative flow control.
combines after the oil passes through both valves.
The pump oil flows through the line for the work tool Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
(8) to the work tool. The working pressure for the work When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
tool is limited by the line relief valve for the work tool UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(10) through the number two check valve “EC2” (11). (26) to solenoid valves: (5) and (6).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM When left joystick thumbwheel (34) is moved
sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control the retract solenoid for the auxiliary control valve
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked (medium pressure) (5). Pilot oil flows to the top of
when the control valve spools shift Downward. the valve. The pilot oil will shift the control valve
The machine ECM has the following programmed spool to the DOWNWARD position. This allows oil
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD from auxiliary pump (28) to flow through the auxiliary
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER control valve (medium pressure) (3) to the motor for
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and clockwise rotation. The working pressure for rotation
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM is limited by main relief valve (4).
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow When left joystick thumbwheel (34) is moved
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to the extend solenoid for the auxiliary control valve
the work tool. (medium pressure) (6). Pilot oil flows to the bottom
of the auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(3). The pilot oil will shift the control valve spool
to the UPWARD position. This allows oil from
auxiliary pump (28) to flow through the auxiliary
control valve (medium pressure) (3) to the motor for
counterclockwise rotation. The working pressure for
the work tool is limited by main relief valve (4).
114 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

i03552719

System 18: Combined Function


SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up
S/N: ZMF1-Up
S/N: CWG1-Up
S/N: LMG1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: JWR1-Up
S/N: CYW1-Up
RENR7389-19

PAGES 115-116 1 FOLDOUT

12
RENR7389-19 117
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

(1) Machine ECM


(8) Line for work tool
(9) Line for work tool
(10) Number two line relief valve
(11) Pressure sensor
(12) Number one line relief valve
(14) Extend solenoid for attachment stem 1
(15) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 1
(16) Extend solenoid for the attachment stem 2
(17) Retract solenoid for the attachment stem 2
(18) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(19) Relief valve (line)
(20) Auxiliary control valve
(21) Attachment control valve
(23) Main control valve
(24) Joystick (right)
(25) Joystick (left)
(26) Pilot manifold
(27) Hydraulic tank
(29) Idler pump
(30) Drive pump
(31) Pilot pump

System 18 is designed to allow complete electronic


control over the tool control system. The combined
function hydraulic system that is present on
excavators that are equipped with a System 18
combines the features of the one-way/two-way flow
system with the features of the one pump/two pump
flow system.

The one pump flow system allows flow from one


pump to power a work tool. All of the load is placed
on a single pump. One pump flow is used for work
tools that require low flow rates for actuation.

The two pump flow system allows the combined flow


from both pumps to power a work tool. Rather than
placing all of the load on a single pump, the two
pump flow system allows the two pumps to provide
flow equally. Two pump flow is used for work tools
that require high flow rates for actuation. Two pump
flow distributes the load equally for work tools that
are used extensively.

Refer to Table 8 for the appropriate work tool and


“TOOL#”.
118 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Table 8
320D SYSTEM 18
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 18 “TOOL#s”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#3”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#2”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”
323D, 324D, 325D and 328D SYSTEM 18
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 18 “TOOL#s”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”
330D SYSTEM 18
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 18 “TOOL#s”
“Hammer” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“Hammers” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#5”
“Shear” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#6”
“Grapple” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#7”
“Ditch Bucket” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#8”

Two joystick thumb wheels are used to operate the


work tool.
RENR7389-19 119
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01195826
Illustration 74
(32) Horn
(33) Left joystick
(34) Left joystick thumb wheel
(35) Right joystick
(36) Right joystick thumb wheel
(37) Switch for one-way flow
(38) One touch low idle
120 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from One Pump

g01892284
Illustration 75

Description Operation
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 8. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 18: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to solenoid valves: (14), (15), (16), and (17).
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.
When switch (37) is pressed, the machine ECM
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the sends a signal to the extend solenoid for attachment
hydraulic flow to the work tool. control valve (14). Pilot oil flows to attachment
control valve (21). The pilot oil will shift the spool in
The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is attachment control valve (21) to the DOWNWARD
located on the right joystick (35). position. This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow
through the valve. The pump oil flows through the
line for the work tool (9) to the work tool. Return oil
flows through the line for the work tool (8) and back
to hydraulic tank (27).
RENR7389-19 121
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.

One-Way Flow from Two Pumps

g01892288
Illustration 76
122 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Description
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 8.
A typical example is a hammer. Refer to Testing and
Adjusting, “System 18: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

The work tool is operated by switch (37) that is


located on right joystick (35).

Operation
Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(26) to solenoid valves: (14), (15), (16), and (17).

When switch (37) on the right joystick is pressed, the


machine ECM sends a signal to the extend solenoid
for attachment control valve (14) and the extend
solenoid for auxiliary control valve (16).

Pilot oil flows to attachment control valve (21) and


to auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot oil will shift
the control valve spools DOWNWARD. This allows
oil from drive pump (30) to flow through attachment
control valve (21) and this allows oil from idler pump
(29) to flow through auxiliary control valve (20).
Hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool.
Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8)
and back to hydraulic tank (27).

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine's ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
RENR7389-19 123
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow from One Pump

g01892389
Illustration 77
124 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01892395
Illustration 78

Description Operation
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 8. A UNLOCK position, pilot pump (31) supplies oil to
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and solenoid valves: (14), (15), (16), and (17). When right
Adjusting, “System 18: Default Value of Work Tool joystick thumb wheel (36) is moved FORWARD, the
Parameters” for the Tool Control System. machine ECM sends a signal to the extend solenoid
for attachment control valve (14). Pilot oil flows to
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the the top of attachment control valve (21). The pilot
hydraulic flow to the work tool. oil will shift the spool to the DOWNWARD position.
This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow through
The “TOOL#” determines the control device that attachment control valve (21). The pump oil flows
operates the work tool. The work tool operates with through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool.
modulated control from the right joystick thumb Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8)
wheel. The work tool can be rotated by operating the and back to hydraulic tank (27).
left joystick thumb wheel.
RENR7389-19 125
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When right joystick thumb wheel (36) is moved


BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to
the retract solenoid for attachment control valve (15).
Pilot oil flows to the bottom of attachment control
valve (21). The pilot oil will shift the spool to the
UPWARD position. This allows oil from drive pump
(30) to flow through attachment control valve (21).
The pump oil flows through the line for the work tool
(8) to the work tool. Return oil flows through the line
for the work tool (9) and back to hydraulic tank (27).

The work tool's pressure setting is regulated by relief


valve (12) and relief valve (10). The machine ECM
sends a signal to the line relief valves. The signal
adjusts the pressure according to the set parameter.
To view the parameters for the work tool, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “System 18: Default Value of
Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
126 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Two-Way Flow from Two Pumps

g01892414
Illustration 79
RENR7389-19 127
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01892415
Illustration 80

Description Operation
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (26).
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 8. A When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
Adjusting, “System 18: Default Value of Work Tool (26) to the solenoid valves: (14), (15), (16), and (17).
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

The work tool is operated by right joystick slide


control (36).

Note: Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 18:


Default Value of Work Tool Parameters” and Testing
and Adjusting, “Work Tool Parameter - Program” for
the Tool Control System.
128 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

When right joystick thumb wheel (36) is moved Clench Pressure


FORWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the
extend solenoid for attachment control valve (14) and Some work tools grip objects in order to move the
the extend solenoid for auxiliary control valve (16). objects. Machines that are equipped with System 18
The signal is proportional to the forward displacement can grip objects without crushing or dropping the
of the joystick thumb wheel. Pilot oil flows to the top objects when the clench pressure is set correctly.
of attachment control valve (21) and auxiliary control Parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” is used with
valve (20). The pilot oil will shift the spool in each parameters “F2 SQEZ START PRES”, “F2 SQEZ
control valve DOWNWARD. This allows oil from END PRES” and “A1 EXTEND MAX PRES” in order
drive pump (30) to flow through attachment control to control the clench pressure.
valve (21) and this also allows oil from idler pump
(29) to flow through auxiliary control valve (20). The Parameter “F2 DERATE MAX PRES” is set to a value
hydraulic oil from the two pumps combines after the for the pilot pressure that is less than parameter “A1
oil passes through both valves. The pump oil flows EXTEND MAX PRES”. Parameter “F2 SQEZ START
through the line for the work tool (9) to the work tool. PRES” is used in order to control the lower limit of the
Return oil flows through the line for the work tool (8) range for the clench pressure. Parameter “F2 SQEZ
and back to hydraulic tank (27). END PRES” is used in order to control the upper limit
for the clench pressure. Parameter “A1 EXTEND
When right joystick thumb wheel (36) is moved MAX PRES” is used in order to control the maximum
BACKWARD, the machine ECM sends a signal to the pilot pressure.
retract solenoid for attachment control valve (15) and
the retract solenoid for auxiliary control valve (17). The electronic control system uses a pressure sensor
Pilot oil flows to the bottom of attachment control in order to monitor the hydraulic pressure in the head
valve (21) and auxiliary control valve (20). The pilot end of the work tool cylinders. When the pressure
oil will shift the spool in each control valve UPWARD. that is detected by this sensor falls between the
This allows oil from drive pump (30) to flow through upper and lower limits, the electronic control system
attachment control valve (21) and this also allows oil reduces the pilot pressure that is used to activate the
from idler pump (29) to flow through auxiliary control circuit.
valve (20). The hydraulic oil from the two pumps
combines after the oil passes through both valves.
The pump oil flows through the line for the work tool
(8) to the work tool. Return oil flows through the line
for the work tool (9) and back to hydraulic tank (27).

The work tool's pressure setting is regulated by relief


valve (12) and relief valve (10). The machine ECM
sends a signal to the line relief valves. The signal
adjusts the pressure according to the set parameter.
To view the parameters for the work tool, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “System 18: Default Value of
Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (18). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER Illustration 81
g01296093
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.
RENR7389-19

PAGES 129-130 1 FOLDOUT

13
RENR7389-19 131
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Partial hydraulic Schematic


(1) Work tool solenoid valve
(2) Work tool solenoid valve
(3) Right hydraulic pedal
(4) Pressure switch for the right pedal
(5) Motor for rotation
(6) Solenoid valve for one-way/two-way flow
(7) Solenoid valve for one pump/two pump flow (Number 1)
(8) Solenoid valve for one pump/two pump flow (Number 2)
(9) Line relief valve for one-way flow
(10) Number one solenoid valve EC1
(11) Number two solenoid valve EC2
(12) Line for the work tool
(13) Line for the work tool
(14) Main control valve
(15) Proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control
(16) Flow control valve
(17) Flow control valve
(18) Line relief valve (medium pressure)
(19) Line relief valve (medium pressure)
(20) Auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
(21) Line relief valve for two-way flow
(22) Line relief valve for two-way flow
(23) Auxiliary control valve
(24) Main relief valve
(25) Attachment control valve
(26) Machine ECM
(27) Relay
(28) Pilot manifold
(29) Drive pump
(30) Idler pump
(31) Pilot pump
(32) Hydraulic tank

Introduction
The combined function hydraulic system that
is present on excavators that are equipped
with a System 19 combines the features of the
one-way/two-way flow system with the features of the
one pump/two pump flow system.

A medium pressure circuit is present on the


excavators that are equipped with a System 19. The
medium pressure circuit for the work tool operates in
the same manner for all machines. The descriptions
refer to the operation of a rotating grapple. The
medium pressure circuit can operate any work tool
that utilizes an auxiliary circuit.

The one pump flow system allows flow from one


pump to power a work tool. All of the load is placed
on a single pump. One pump flow is used for work
tools that require low flow rates for actuation.

The two pump flow system allows the combined flow


from both pumps to power a work tool. Rather than
placing all of the load on a single pump, the two
pump flow system allows the two pumps to provide
flow equally. Two pump flow is used for work tools
that require high flow rates for actuation. Two pump
flow distributes the load equally for work tools that
are used extensively.

Refer to Table 9 for the appropriate work tool and


“TOOL#”.
132 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Table 9
SYSTEM 19
Work Tool Direction of Flow Number of Pumps System 19“TOOL#s”
“1P 1 Way” 1 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#1”
“2P 1 Way” 1 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#2”
“1P 2 Way” 2 Way 1 Pump “TOOL#3”
“2P 2 Way” 2 Way 2 Pumps “TOOL#4”

The work tool is operated by right foot pedal (3). The


medium pressure circuit is operated by left joystick
(33) and right joystick (34). All controls for the work
tool are located in the cab.

g01387098
Illustration 85
Solenoid valves for the medium pressure circuit
(1) Work tool solenoid valve
(2) Work tool solenoid valve
g01387118
Illustration 83
(3) Right pedal The machine monitor is used in order to change
(33) Left joystick between one-way/two-way flow and one pump/two
(34) Right joystick pump flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work Tool
Parameter - Program” for the Tool Control System to
access the work tool parameters.

g01387102
Illustration 84
(35) Activation switch for the work tool (left joystick)
(36) Activation switch for the work tool (right joystick)
RENR7389-19 133
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow from One Pump

g01539713
Illustration 86

Description When right pedal (3) is pressed in the FORWARD


position, pilot oil is directed to the top of the auxiliary
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic control valve. The pilot oil will shift the spool in
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 9. auxiliary control valve (23) to the DOWNWARD
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 19: Default position. This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow
Value of Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control through the valve. The pump oil flows through the
System. line for the work tool (13) to the work tool. Return oil
flows through the line for the work tool (12), through
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the number two solenoid valve (EC2) (11), and back to
hydraulic flow to the work tool. hydraulic tank (32).

The work tool is operated by right pedal (3). When “TOOL#” for one-way flow from one pump is
active, number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (10) is active.
Operation Number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (10) allows oil to flow
to line relief valve (9). The work tool pressure setting
Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). is regulated by line relief valve (9).
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(28) to the right pedal (3), work tool solenoid valve
(1), work tool solenoid valve (2), and the proportional
solenoid valve for negative flow control (15).
134 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One-Way Flow From Two Pumps

g01539734
Illustration 87

Description When right pedal (3) is pressed in the FORWARD


position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary
The default parameter values for one-way hydraulic control valve (23) and to the top of attachment
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 9. control valve (25). The pilot oil will shift the spools
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “System 19: Default in the control valve to the DOWNWARD position.
Value of Work Tool Parameters” for the Tool Control This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow through
System. auxiliary control valve (23) and oil from idler pump
(30) to flow through attachment control valve (25).
Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the The two pump flow combines after leaving the
hydraulic flow to the work tool. control valves. The pump oil flows through the line
for the work tool (13) to the work tool. Return oil
The work tool is operated by right pedal (3). flows through the line for the work tool (12), through
number two solenoid valve (EC2) (11), and back to
Operation hydraulic tank (32).

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). When “TOOL#” for one-way flow with two pumps is
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the active, number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (10) is active.
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold Number 1 solenoid valve (EC1) (10) allows oil to flow
(28) to the right pedal (3), work tool solenoid valve to line relief valve (9). The work tool pressure setting
(1), work tool solenoid valve (2), and the proportional is regulated by line relief valve (9).
solenoid valve for negative flow control (15).
RENR7389-19 135
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM


sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
the work tool.

Two-Way Flow From One Pump


Description
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic
oil flow from one main pump are shown in Table 9. A
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and
Adjusting, “System 19: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.
136 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01539753
Illustration 88

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
(28) to the right pedal (3), work tool solenoid valve pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
(1), work tool solenoid valve (2), and the proportional when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
solenoid valve for negative flow control (15). The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
When right pedal (3) is pressed in the FORWARD FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (23). The pilot oil will shift the spool pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
in the auxiliary control valve to the DOWNWARD regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
position. This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
through auxiliary control valve (23). The pump oil control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
flows through the line for the work tool (13) to the to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
work tool. Return oil flows through the line for the the work tool.
work tool (12), through auxiliary control valve (23),
and back to hydraulic tank (32). The working pressure
for the work tool is regulated by line relief valve (21).
RENR7389-19 137
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01539754
Illustration 89

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
(28) to the right pedal (3), work tool solenoid valve pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
(1), work tool solenoid valve (2), and the proportional when the control valve spools shift UPWARD.
solenoid valve for negative flow control (15). The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
When right pedal (3) is pressed in the BACKWARD FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
position, pilot oil is directed to the bottom of auxiliary ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (23). The pilot oil will shift the spool in pressure for the work tool. The machine ECM
the auxiliary control valve to the UPWARD position. regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow through be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
auxiliary control valve (23). The pump oil flows control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
through the line for the work tool (12) to the work to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
tool. Return oil flows through the line for the work tool the work tool.
(13), through auxiliary control valve (23), and back
to hydraulic tank (32). The working pressure for the Two-Way Flow From Two Pumps
work tool is regulated by line relief valve (22).
Description
The default parameter values for two-way hydraulic
oil flow from two main pumps are shown in Table 9. A
typical example is a pulverizer. Refer to Testing and
Adjusting, “System 19: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters” for the Tool Control System.
138 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the


hydraulic flow to the work tool.

Operation

g01539755
Illustration 90

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
(28) to the right pedal (3), work tool solenoid valve pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
(1), work tool solenoid valve (2), and the proportional when the control valve spools shift DOWNWARD.
solenoid valve for negative flow control (15). The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
When right pedal (3) is pressed in the FORWARD FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
position, pilot oil is directed to the top of auxiliary ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (23) and to the top of attachment pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
control valve (25). The pilot oil will shift the spools regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
in the control valve to the DOWNWARD position. be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
This allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow through control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
auxiliary control valve (23) and oil from idler pump to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
(30) to flow through attachment control valve (25). the work tool.
The two pump flow combines after leaving the
control valves. The pump oil flows through the line
for the work tool (13) to the work tool. Return oil
flows through the line for the work tool (12), through
auxiliary control valve (23), and back to hydraulic
tank (32). The working pressure for the work tool is
regulated by line relief valve (21).
RENR7389-19 139
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01539757
Illustration 91

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). During operation of the work tool, the machine ECM
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the sends a signal to the proportional solenoid valve
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold for negative flow control (15). Negative flow control
(28) to the right pedal (3), work tool solenoid valve pressure in the center bypass passage is blocked
(1), work tool solenoid valve (2), and the proportional when the control valve spools shift UPWARD.
solenoid valve for negative flow control (15). The machine ECM has the following programmed
parameter values: “A1 FLOW”, “A1 MULTI ADD
When right pedal (3) is pressed in the BACKWARD FLOW”, “A1 NOMINAL PRES”, and “COMBINER
position, pilot oil is directed to the bottom of auxiliary ENABLE”. The parameters control the flow and
control valve (23) and to the bottom of attachment pressure of the work tool. The machine ECM
control valve (25). The pilot oil will shift the spools regulates the negative flow control pressure that will
in the control valve to the UPWARD position. This be supplied to the pump regulator. The negative flow
allows oil from drive pump (29) to flow through control pressure forces the swashplate in the pump
auxiliary control valve (23) and oil from idler pump to the correct angle to limit the flow and pressure to
(30) to flow through attachment control valve (25). the work tool.
The two pump flow combines after leaving the control
valves. The pump oil flows through the line for the Medium Pressure
work tool (12) to the work tool. Return oil flows
through the line for the work tool (13), through the
control valve, and back to hydraulic tank (32). The Description
working pressure for the work tool is regulated by
line relief valve (22). A medium pressure circuit is available on the System
19 excavators. The medium pressure circuit for
the work tool operates in the same manner for all
machines. The descriptions refer to the operation of a
rotating grapple. Other operations may be performed.
140 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Note: The auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)


does not influence the proportional solenoid valve
for negative flow control.

Operation

g01539758
Illustration 92

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28).


When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(28) to work tool solenoid valve (1) and work tool
solenoid valve (2). When the activation switch for the
work tool on the left joystick (35) is pressed, pilot oil
is directed to the bottom of the auxiliary control valve
(medium pressure). The pilot oil will shift the control
valve spool to the UPWARD position. This allows oil
from drive pump (29) to flow through the auxiliary
control valve (medium pressure) (20). The oil flow is
sent through flow control valve (17) to the motor for
clockwise rotation. The working pressure for rotation
is limited by line relief valve (19).
RENR7389-19 141
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Operation

g01539759
Illustration 93

Pilot pump (31) supplies oil to pilot manifold (28). S/N: XDB1-Up
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold S/N: GBC1-Up
(28) to work tool solenoid valve (1) and work tool
S/N: HJC1-Up
solenoid valve (2). When the activation switch for the
work tool on the right joystick (36) is pressed, pilot S/N: WGC1-Up
oil is directed to the top of the auxiliary control valve
(medium pressure). The pilot oil will shift the control S/N: MND1-Up
valve spool to the DOWNWARD position. This allows
oil from drive pump (29) to flow through the auxiliary S/N: NBD1-Up
control valve (medium pressure) (20). The oil flow is S/N: R2D1-Up
sent through flow control valve (16) to the motor for
counterclockwise rotation. The working pressure for S/N: YSD1-Up
rotation is limited by line relief valve (18).
S/N: DHE1-Up

i03201503 S/N: WNE1-Up

Medium Pressure Hydraulic S/N: CZF1-Up


System S/N: J2F1-Up

SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: KGF1-Up

S/N: TXA1-Up S/N: PRF1-Up

S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: SWF1-Up


142 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

S/N: ZMF1-Up S/N: KBZ1-Up


S/N: CWG1-Up
S/N: LMG1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: BZP1-Up
S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: JWR1-Up
S/N: NES1-Up
S/N: EJT1-Up
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
RENR7389-19 143
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01633955
Illustration 94
(1) Machine ECM (6) Extend solenoid valve “A3” (11) Pilot pump
(2) Motor for rotation (7) Retract solenoid valve “A3” (12) Idler pump
(3) Line relief valves (8) Main control valve (13) Drive pump
(4) Auxiliary control valve (9) Pilot manifold (14) Auxiliary pump
(5) Main relief valve (10) Solenoid valve for hydraulic lock (15) Hydraulic tank

Auxiliary pump (14) is mounted on machines that are Use the display monitor or ET in order to set the
equipped with medium pressure in order to supply hydraulic flow to the work tool. Refer to Testing and
hydraulic oil for rotation of the work tool. A typical Adjusting, “Work Tool Setup” section for the Tool
example is a grapple. Control System for more information.

The medium pressure circuit for the work tool can Note: The auxiliary control valve (4) does not
be operated by joysticks with modulation switches, influence negative flow control.
joysticks with three buttons, and a foot pedal. Refer
to Systems Operation, “Switches” for the Tool Control
System for more information on the device for
activation.

The default parameter values for medium pressure


are shown in Testing and Adjusting, “Medium
Pressure: Default Value of Work Tool Parameters” for
the Tool Control System.
144 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Clockwise Rotation

g01634313
Illustration 95

Operation
Pilot pump (11) supplies oil to pilot manifold (9).
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(9) to solenoid valves: (6) and (7).

When the device for activation is pressed, the


machine ECM sends a signal to extend solenoid (6)
for the auxiliary control valve (4). Pilot oil flows to
the top of the auxiliary control valve (4). The pilot oil
will shift the control valve spool to the DOWNWARD
position. This allows oil from auxiliary pump (14) to
flow through auxiliary control valve (4) to motor (2)
for clockwise rotation. Return oil flows back through
auxiliary control valve (4) and back to hydraulic tank
(15). The working pressure for rotation is limited by
main relief valve (5).
RENR7389-19 145
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Counterclockwise Rotation

g01634433
Illustration 96

Operation
Pilot pump (11) supplies oil to pilot manifold (9).
When the hydraulic activation lever is moved to the
UNLOCK position, pilot oil flows from pilot manifold
(9) to solenoid valves: (6) and (7).

When the device for activation is pressed for the


opposite direction of flow, the machine ECM sends a
signal to retract solenoid (7) for the auxiliary control
valve (4). Pilot oil flows to the bottom of the auxiliary
control valve (4). The pilot oil will shift the control
valve spool to the UPWARD position. This allows oil
from auxiliary pump (14) to flow through auxiliary
control valve (4) to motor (2) for counterclockwise
rotation. Return oil flows back through auxiliary
control valve (4) and back to hydraulic tank (15). The
working pressure for rotation is limited by main relief
valve (5).
146 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

i02589200 Table 10

Machine Electronic Control Normal LED Status

Module (Engine and Hydraulic) Key


Start
Green
LED
Yellow Red
LED LED
Remarks

Switch
SMCS Code: 7610-MCH
ON ON OFF OFF The red LED
will momentarily
illuminate when the
key start switch is
turned from the OFF
position to the ON
position.
OFF OFF OFF OFF The green LED will
remain illuminated
for approximately 10
seconds after the key
start switch is turned
to the OFF position.

Table 11

Abnormal LED Status


LED Display Description and Action
No LED is illuminated. Power is not supplied
to the ECM. Refer to
Troubleshooting, “MID 039
g01216089 - CID 0168 - FMI 05” for the
Illustration 97
Machine Electronic Control
The machine ECM is located on the back side of the cab. System.
(1) Machine ECM
The yellow LED is Communications between
illuminated. the ECM and the monitor
The machine ECM is present on all excavators that have malfunctioned. Refer
are covered by this manual. The machine ECM to Troubleshooting, “MID
controls the work tools on all tool control systems. 039 - CID 0588 - FMI 09”
The machine ECM is connected to the machine for the Machine Electronic
through two “54 pin” connectors. The machine ECM Control System.
will monitor the system through the inputs and the
The red LED is flashing or The controller has
ECM will make adjustments to the system through illuminated. malfunctioned. Replace the
the outputs. The machine ECM is equipped with LED controller. Refer to Testing
indicators that provide the status of the following and Adjusting, “Electronic
items: power, communications, and malfunction of Control Module (ECM) -
the controller. The explanation of the flashing LED Replace” for the Machine
indicator is listed in Table 10 and Table 11. Electronic Control System.

g01216107
Illustration 98
Machine ECM
(2) Red LED
(3) Yellow LED
(4) Green LED
RENR7389-19 147
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

i03026143 Horn
Switches When horn switch (1) is depressed, power is sent to
the horn relay. The horn relay sends power to the
SMCS Code: 1435; 7332 horn.

Switches for the Joystick Joystick Thumbwheel for Clockwise


Rotation
Joystick thumbwheel for clockwise rotation of the
work tool (3) is located on the left joystick. When
the joystick thumbwheel is pressed FORWARD, a
signal is sent to the solenoid for medium pressure
(clockwise rotation). The work tool will rotate in a
clockwise direction. The joystick thumbwheel is not
serviceable. The joystick is serviceable.

Joystick Thumbwheel for


Counterclockwise Rotation
Joystick thumbwheel for counterclockwise rotation of
the work tool (3) is located on the left joystick. When
the joystick thumbwheel is pressed BACKWARD, a
signal is sent to the solenoid for medium pressure
(clockwise rotation). The work tool will rotate in a
clockwise direction. The joystick thumbwheel is not
serviceable. The joystick is serviceable.
g01207723
Illustration 99
Extension of the Work Tool Joystick
Left joystick
(1) Horn
Thumbwheel
(2) Unused
(3) Left joystick thumbwheel for the rotate circuit Joystick thumbwheel for extension of the attachment
(4) Right joystick thumbwheel for the activation of the work tool control valve (4) is located on the right joystick. When
(5) Hammer switch the joystick thumbwheel is pressed FORWARD, a
(6) One touch low idle
(7) Left joystick
signal is sent to the solenoid for the attachment
(8) Right joystick control valve. Pilot oil will shift the spool in the
attachment control valve. The oil from the pump will
flow to the work tool. The joystick thumbwheel is not
serviceable. The joystick is serviceable.

Retraction of the Work Tool Joystick


Thumbwheel
Joystick thumbwheel for retraction of the attachment
control valve (4) is located on the right joystick. When
the joystick thumbwheel is pressed BACKWARD,
a signal is sent to the solenoid for the attachment
control valve. Pilot oil will shift the spool in the
attachment control valve. The oil from the pump will
flow to the work tool. The joystick thumbwheel is not
serviceable. The joystick is serviceable.

Joystick Hammer Switch


The hammer turns ON when switch (5) is depressed.
While the switch is pressed, power is sent to the
machine ECM. The machine ECM will send a signal
g01207725
Illustration 100 to the solenoid for the hammer. When the switch is
released, the machine ECM discontinues power to
the solenoid. The hammer turns OFF.
148 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

One Touch Low Idle Joystick “Extend”


When one touch low idle (6) is pressed, the engine Button (3) for extension of the attachment control
rpm is dropped. When a function is moved from the valve is located on the right joystick. When the button
neutral position, one touch low idle is turned off and is pressed, a signal is sent to the solenoid for the
the machine resumes the set throttle setting. attachment control valve. Pilot oil will shift the spool
in the attachment control valve. The oil from the
Joystick with Three Buttons pump will flow to the work tool. The button is not
serviceable. The joystick is serviceable.

Joystick “Retract”
Button (2) for retraction of the attachment control
valve is located on the left joystick. When the button
is pressed, a signal is sent to the solenoid for the
attachment control valve. Pilot oil will shift the spool
in the attachment control valve. The oil from the
pump will flow to the work tool. The button is not
serviceable. The joystick is serviceable.

Joystick “Retract”
Button (4) for retraction of the attachment control
valve is located on the right joystick. When the button
is pressed, a signal is sent to the solenoid for the
attachment control valve. Pilot oil will shift the spool
in the attachment control valve. The oil from the
pump will flow to the work tool. The button is not
serviceable. The joystick is serviceable.
g01215814
Illustration 101
Typical example of Joysticks with three buttons Foot Switch (Hammer)
(1) Unused
(2) Retraction of the work tool
(3) Extension of the work tool
(4) Retraction of the work tool
(5) Horn
(6) One touch low idle
(7) Left joystick
(8) Right joystick

g01148800
Illustration 103
Foot Switch (Hammer)

The hammer turns ON when the foot switch is


depressed. When the foot switch is pressed, a
signal is sent to the machine ECM. The machine
ECM sends a signal to the solenoid for the hammer.
When the switch is released, the machine ECM
discontinues power to the solenoid. The hammer
turns OFF.

g01215838
Illustration 102
RENR7389-19 149
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Left Pedal Pressure Switch (Implement)

g01214880
Illustration 104

g00775885
Illustration 106
Pressure Switch (Implement)

The pressure switch (implement) sends a signal to


the ECM at C27-9. This signal tells the ECM that the
implement is operating.

Pressure Switches
g01225452
Illustration 105

Extension of the Work Tool (Pedal)


Pedal (14) for extension of the attachment control
valve is located left of the travel pedals. When the
pedal is pressed FORWARD, a signal is sent to the
solenoid for the attachment control valve. Pilot oil will
shift the spool in the attachment control valve. The oil
from the pump will flow to the work tool.

Retraction of the Work Tool (Pedal)


Pedal (14) for Retraction of the attachment control
g00776058
valve is located left of the travel pedals. When the Illustration 107
pedal is pressed BACKWARD, a signal is sent to the Joystick Pressure Switch
solenoid for the attachment control valve. Pilot oil will Medium Pressure Switch
shift the spool in the attachment control valve. The oil
from the pump will flow to the work tool. The two pressure switches are identical. Each of the
two pressure switches tell the ECM that a specific
portion of the hydraulic circuit is operating. The ECM
will determine the parameters to use in order to
control the hydraulic output.

The joystick pressure switch senses an increase


in pressure when the joysticks that control the
implements are operated.

The medium line pressure switch sends a signal to


the ECM at C27-42. This switch senses an increase
in pressure in the pilot line.
150 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Hydraulic Lock Limit Switch


(Neutral Start)

g00776837
Illustration 108

g01148401
Illustration 111
(3) Hydraulic activation control lever
(4) Plunger
(5) Bar
(6) Limit switch

Limit switch (4) and plunger (5) are contained in


box (6). The limit switch is activated by hydraulic
activation control lever (3).

When hydraulic activation control lever (3) is shifted


to the LOCKED position, the hydraulic activation
Illustration 109
g01148395 solenoid is de-energized. Pilot oil does not flow to the
pilot control valves. Thus, when the joysticks and/or
Cab
the travel levers/pedals are operated, pilot oil will not
(3) Hydraulic activation control lever (LOCKED position) flow to the main control valve in order to activate the
cylinders or the motors.

Note: The engine will not start unless hydraulic


activation control lever (3) is in the LOCKED position.

When hydraulic activation lever (3) is in the locked


position, the neutral start relay will be active. This
allows the starter to operate.

When hydraulic activation control lever (3) is placed


in the UNLOCKED position, the hydraulic activation
solenoid will be energized. This will also activate the
hydraulic activation valve. Pilot oil flows to the pilot
control valves. This allows full hydraulic operation
g01148398 of the machine.
Illustration 110
Cab Note: When the hydraulic activation lever is in the
(3) Hydraulic activation control lever (UNLOCKED position) UNLOCKED position, the neutral start relay will
not be active. The machine will not start. This will
prevent the machine hydraulic system from operating
unexpectedly.
RENR7389-19 151
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

i02406231 • Adjusting the horsepower


Sensors • Changing the travel speed
SMCS Code: 5700-NS • Determining light load and “AEC” level 1
Sensors provide information to the controller about
changing conditions. Some types of information i02453940
are listed: speed, temperature, and fluid level. The
sensor signal changes in a proportional manner. This Senders
change will represent the changing condition. The
controller will recognize the following types of signals SMCS Code: 5700-UN
from the sensor:
Temperature Sender (Hydraulic Oil)
Frequency – The sensor will produce an AC signal
(sine wave or square wave) that varies in frequency
(Hz) as the condition changes.

Pulse Width Modulated – The sensor produces a


digital signal (PWM) that varies the duty cycle as the
condition changes. The frequency of the signal will
remain constant.

Engine Speed Sensor

g00020687
Illustration 114
Temperature Sender (Hydraulic Oil)

g00685339 The temperature sender for the hydraulic oil connects


Illustration 112
to the monitor at pin number 3. The resistance of the
Engine Speed Sensor sender varies as the temperature changes. The table
below lists the resistances:
The engine speed sensor is located on the flywheel
housing. An AC voltage is produced as the gear
teeth of the flywheel pass the tip of the sensor.
The frequency of the voltage is proportional to the
speed of the gear teeth as the teeth pass the tip of
the sensor. The controller uses this signal to make
decisions for the hydraulic pump and the engine.

Pressure Sensor

g00685436
Illustration 113

Pump Discharge 1 (Drive) and Pump


Discharge 2 (Idle)
These sensors send a signal to the controller. The
controller will use the signal to modify the following
items:
152 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01202323
Illustration 115
Pin connections of the monitor

Table 12
Resistances For Temperature Sender (Hydraulic Oil)
Temperature Resistance
0 °C (32 °F) 20824 to 25451 Ohms
25 °C (77 °F) 6134 to 7496 Ohms
35 °C (95 °F) 3989 to 4875 Ohms
50 °C (122 °F) 2224 to 2718 Ohms
75 °C (167 °F) 973 to 1189 Ohms
100 °C (212 °F) 475 to 522 Ohms
125 °C (257 °F) 221 to 269 Ohms
RENR7389-19 153
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

i03503405

Solenoid Valves
SMCS Code: 5479

Proportional Reducing Solenoids


for Variable Relief

g01947795
Illustration 116
Tool relief valves (front view)
(1) Proportional reducing solenoid for (2) Proportional reducing solenoid for (3) Main control valve
variable relief variable relief

The proportional solenoid valve for variable relief


is controlled directly by the machine ECM. When
the controller determines the requirements for relief
pressure to the work tool, the controller sends varying
signals to this solenoid. Two of these solenoids are
used to control relief pressure to the work tool for
both one-way flow and two-way flow. This solenoid
is only present on machines that are equipped with
System 13 and System 18.

g01947796
Illustration 117
Proportional reducing solenoid for variable relief
154 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Solenoid Valve for One-Way Flow


and Solenoid Valves for Variable
Relief

g01204436
Illustration 118
Solenoid for one-way flow and solenoids for variable relief
(1) Number one line relief valve (3) “(EC3)” Solenoid for one-way flow (5) Electronic check for stem 2 “(EC2)”
(2) Electronic check for stem 1 “(EC1)” (4) Number two line relief valve

g01204457
Illustration 119
(6) Electric check valves for the following “(EC1)” (2), “(EC3)” (3),
and “(EC2)” (5)
(7) Electric line relief valve (1), and electric line relief valve(4)

There is one solenoid valve for one-way flow. When


“(EC3)” solenoid for one-way flow (3) is energized,
hydraulic flow is allowed to travel in only one
directions. This solenoid is only present on machines
that are equipped with System 14 and System 17.
RENR7389-19 155
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Solenoid Valve (Proportional


Reducing)

g00777019
Illustration 120

The solenoid valve (proportional reducing) is


controlled directly by the Machine ECM. The solenoid
connects for a signal at C26-9 and returns at C26-35.
When the Controller determines the requirements for
hydraulic flow, the controller sends varying signals
to this solenoid.
156 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

Attachment Solenoid Valves

g01210422
Illustration 121
Extend solenoids and retract solenoids

Machines that are equipped with the following


joystick thumbwheel, joystick with four buttons, foot
switch, and electric foot pedal, use solenoid valves in
order to control the flow of pilot oil. Pilot oil enters the
valve manifold through the pressure port (P). When a
solenoid receives current, the spool will shift. Pilot oil
will flow out of discharge port (A(X)). After the current
to the solenoid is discontinued, the valve shifts, and
the pressure will drain to the tank through the drain
port (T).
RENR7389-19 157
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

i02455945

Relays
SMCS Code: 4493

g01225648
Illustration 122
(1) Main relay (3) Relay for the hydraulic lock solenoid
(2) Diode for the main relay (4) neutral start relay

Hydraulic Lock Solenoid Neutral Start Relay


The hydraulic lock solenoid is wired to the hydraulic The neutral start relay is wired to the hydraulic
activation control lever. This lever is to the left of the activation control lever. This lever is to the left of the
operator's seat. When the lever is pulled back, the operator's seat. When the lever is pulled back, the
hydraulic lock switch (neutral start) sends a signal to hydraulic lock switch (neutral start) sends a signal
the hydraulic lock solenoid. The relay sends a signal to the neutral start relay. The neutral start relay
in order to lock the hydraulics. energizes the circuit for the start relay. This allows
the engine to be started by the key start switch.
158 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

i02401136

Monitor Overview
SMCS Code: 7490

The monitor displays information about many


machine systems. The monitor is required in order to
perform some of the machine tests. A machine may
not display all paths that are shown in the Illustration
123.

Press the main menu button in order to enter the


main menu of the monitor.
RENR7389-19 159
Tool Control System
Systems Operation Section

g01199326
Illustration 123
160 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Testing and Adjusting


Section

Troubleshooting
i02440845

Troubleshooting
SMCS Code: 7569

For troubleshooting information, refer to


Troubleshooting, RENR9848.
RENR7389-19 161
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Work Tool Setup Using Caterpillar Electronic


Technician
i03016560

Service Tools
SMCS Code: 0738

The following service tools should be used in order to


troubleshoot the electrical system easily:

• 6V-7070 Digital Multimeter (Heavy Duty)


• 8T-3224 Needle Tip (Multimeter)
• 7X-1710 Multimeter Probe
• 8T-8726 Adapter Cable (Three-Pin Breakout)
• 4C-4892 ORFS Fittings Group
• 6V-3000 Connector Repair Kit (Sure Seal)
g00719115
• 4C-3406 Connector Repair Kit (Deutsch) Illustration 125
Connections for the Communication Adapter II and the Electronic
Technician (ET)
The components that are needed in order to use the
Communication Adapter II and the CAT Electronic Technician in
order to determine diagnostic codes are listed:
(1) Current version of Caterpillar Electronic Technician software
and an IBM-COMPATIBLE personal computer
(2) Service diagnostic cable.
(3) 171-4400 Communication Adapter II and software Special
Publication, NEHS0758, “Communications Adapter II User's
Manual Contains Software”
(4) Cable

g00241203
Illustration 124
Digital Multimeter

Use the 6V-7070 Digital Multimeter (Heavy Duty)


or use an equivalent multimeter in order to make
continuity checks and voltage measurements. For
instructions on the use of the 6V-7070 Digital
Multimeter (Heavy Duty), see Special Instruction,
SEHS7734. The 7X-1710 Multimeter Probe is used
to perform measurements at connectors without
the need to disconnect the connector. The probes
are pushed into the back side of the connector
and alongside the wire. The 8T-8726 Adapter
Cable (Three-Pin Breakout) is used to perform
measurements in the circuits for the sensors.

Note: Unless you are testing a harness, the 8T-0500


Continuity Test Light or the 5P-7277 Voltage Tester
is not recommended for use on electrical circuits.
162 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g00738951
Illustration 126
Connections for the Communication Adapter II and the Electronic Technician (ET)
(2) cable assembly (machine control to the (3) 171-4400 Communication Adapter Gp (4) cable assembly (serial cable to DB-9
Communication Adapter II) connector)

Note: Caterpillar Electronic Technician (ET) is a The Electronic Technician connects to the machine's
software program that can be used on an IBM diagnostic connector. The Electronic Technician
compatible personal computer. communicates with the electronic control modules
over the data link. The diagnostic connector is
In order to use the Caterpillar Electronic Technician located by the fuse panel. For more information and
(ET), order the following materials: Special the locations of the connectors, see Troubleshooting,
Publication, JERD2124, “ET Single Use Program “Electrical Components and Connector Locations”
License”, Special Publication, JEHP1026, and the Electrical System Schematic in your
“Information and Requirements Sheet”, 7X-1425 machine's Service Manual.
Data Link Cable and the Data Subscription, and
Special Publication, JERD2142, “Data Subscription”. Connect the ET to the machine. Turn the key start
The Special Publication, JEHP1026, “Information switch to the RUN position. Start the ET. The ET will
and Requirements Sheet” lists the required hardware initiate communications with the electronic control
and the features of the ET. modules on the machine. The ET will list the available
electronic control modules on the machine after
The Electronic Technician (ET) is not required in communication has been established.
order to determine the diagnostic codes and the ET
is not required in order to clear the diagnostic codes. Machine Control Status Groups For The
The process of determining the diagnostic codes is Electronic Technician
easier and faster with the use of ET. The ET can also
display information on the history of a diagnostic The Electronic Technician uses status groups in
code and the parameter status of diagnostic codes. order to display information about the status of the
These features allow the ET to be a useful tool for parameters. There are seven machine control status
troubleshooting. groups. Status group 7 pertains specifically to the
Tool Control.
RENR7389-19 163
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g00796788
Illustration 127
Typical Status Group 7 for the parameters of the tool control system

i03626926 2. The first requirement for proper tool operation


is programming the system of the machine.
Process for Setting Up the Each machine system depends on the physical
Work Tool installation of various valves and hydraulic lines.
This is explained in Systems Operation, “General
SMCS Code: 5000-587 Information” for the Tool Control System. Before
the excavator leaves the factory, the machine
When you are installing a work tool on an excavator system is properly programmed into the monitor.
for the first time, the electronic portion of the The machine system is never reprogrammed
electrohydraulic system must be properly set up, and unless major modifications of hardware are made
the hydraulics must be properly set up: in order for the excavator to comply with the
requirements of a different system. Also, you
1. All of the following steps require the use of the must program the system of the machine if the
monitor's service mode. Refer to Testing and controller has been flashed or the controller has
Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the Tool been replaced. This procedure is in Testing and
Control System for instructions on entering the Adjusting, “Machine Tool Control System - Select”
service mode. for the Tool Control System.

3. Since the machine system is seldom


reprogrammed, the first step in most tool
installations is selecting the work tool by using the
monitor. Your machine is capable of operating ten
different work tools, and one must be selected as
the tool that is active. This is explained in Testing
and Adjusting, “Work Tool - Select” for the Tool
Control System.
164 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

4. After you select the number of the tool (1 through


10) that will be used, the parameters for that work
tool must be programmed into the monitor. This
is explained in Testing and Adjusting, “Work Tool
Parameter - Program” for the Tool Control System.

5. After the parameters have been programmed into


the monitor, the remaining setup procedures for
the hydraulic system must be performed. These
procedures are explained in Systems Operation,
“Monitoring System” for the machine.

After you complete these steps, the installation of


the work tool is complete.

Setup Procedure for Field


Installation of Tool Control
Systems
Note: Complete the following setup procedure during
field installation of an auxiliary hydraulic control
arrangement or a coupler to a machine.

Use the following information in order to access the


following menu options:

• “ATCH PART INST”


• “TOOL INSTALLATION”
• “CONTROL INST”

g01276162
Illustration 128
(A) Up key
(B) Right key
(C) Home key
(D) Main menu
(E) Left key
(F) Down key
(G) Cancel key
(H) OK key

Tool Installation
1. In order to access the “TOOL INSTALLATION”
menu, you must first enter the “SERVICE” mode
on the monitor.

2. Use the following procedure in order to access the


“SERVICE” mode on the monitor.

a. From the default screen, press main menu key


(D).

b. Use the right key (B) or the left key (E) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (H).
RENR7389-19 165
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When the “PASSWORD” screen appears, use


the right key (B) and the left key (E) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (H).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear.

3. Scroll through the “SERVICE” menu options until


the “CONFIGURATIONS” option is highlighted.
After the “CONFIGURATIONS” is highlighted,
press OK key (H).

4. Scroll through the “CONFIGURATIONS” menu


options until the “TOOL INSTALLATION” option is
highlighted. After the “TOOL INSTALLATION” is
highlighted, press OK key (H).

5. The “TOOL INSTALLATION” menu will allow you


to set the parameters for the tool control systems
which are being installed. Refer to Table 13 and
Table 14 in order to select the parameters for the
tool control system which is being installed.

Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells are


not displayed on the monitor.
166 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 13
TOOL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Parameter
System 1 System 2 System 3 System 3 Prime System 5
Description
“MACHINE “SCM Hammer
“SCM Hammer #1” “SCM Common” “NACD Hammer” “NACD Thumb”
APPLICATION” #2”
“FLOW LIMIT
“Installed” “Installed” “Installed” “Installed” “Not Installed”
VALVE”
“F2 - One Way
“ATCH VALVE #1” “F2 - One Way” “F2 - One Way” “F2 - One Way” “F2 - Two Way”
or Two Way”
“F2 - One Way
“ATCH VALVE #2” “Not Installed” “F2 - One Way” “F2 - One Way” “Not Installed”
or Two Way”

“ATCH VALVE #3” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”

“Attachment “Attachment
“Attachment Pump
“ATCH VALVE #4” Pump Valve - “Not Installed” Pump Valve - “Not Installed”
Valve - Two Way”
Two Way” Two Way”
“ATCH VALVE
“Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Electrical” “Hydraulic” “Electrical”
#1 TYPE”
“ATCH VALVE
“Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Electrical” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic”
#2 TYPE”
“ATCH VALVE
“Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic”
#3 TYPE”
“ATCH VALVE
“Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic”
#4 TYPE”
“Valve #2 “Valve #2 “Valve #2
“ATCH VALVE #1
“Not Installed” Combined with Combined with Combined with “Not Installed”
COMBINE”
Valve #1” Valve #1” Valve #1”
“FLOW
“Not Installed” “Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
COMBINE”
“HAMMER
“Not Installed” “Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
RETURN”
“VARIABLE
“Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
RELIEF #1”
“VARIABLE
“Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
RELIEF #2”
“TOOL LOAD
“Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
PRES SENSOR”
RENR7389-19 167
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 14
TOOL CONTROL SYSTEMS
System 13 with System 17 with
Parameter Med Med “3rd Pump
System 11 System 16
Description System 14 with System 18 with Only”
Med Med
“MACHINE “NACD Multi- “EAME Multi- “EAME Auxiliary
“SCM Shear” “EAME Hammer”
APPLICATION” Proc” Proc” Pump”
“FLOW LIMIT
“Installed” “Installed” “Installed” “Installed” “Not Installed”
VALVE”
“F2 - One Way or “F2 - One Way “F2 - One Way
“ATCH VALVE #1” “F2 - One Way” “Not Installed”
Two Way” or Two Way” or Two Way”
“F2 - One Way or “F2 - One Way “F2 - One Way
“ATCH VALVE #2” “F2 - One Way” “Not Installed”
Two Way” or Two Way” or Two Way”
“Attachment “Attachment
“ATCH VALVE #3” “F4 - Two Way” Pump Valve - “Not Installed” “Not Installed” Pump Valve -
Two Way” Two Way”
“Attachment Pump
“ATCH VALVE #4” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
Valve - Two Way”
“ATCH VALVE
“Hydraulic” “Electrical” “Electrical” “Electrical” “Hydraulic”
#1 TYPE”
“ATCH VALVE
“Hydraulic” “Electrical” “Electrical” “Electrical” “Hydraulic”
#2 TYPE”
“ATCH VALVE
“Hydraulic” “Electrical” “Hydraulic” “Electrical” “Electrical”
#3 TYPE”
“ATCH VALVE
“Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic” “Hydraulic”
#4 TYPE”
“Valve #2 “Valve #2 “Valve #2 “Valve #2
“ATCH VALVE #1
Combined with Combined with Combined with Combined with “Not Installed”
COMBINE”
Valve #1” Valve #1” Valve #1” Valve #1”
“FLOW
“Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
COMBINE”
“HAMMER
“Installed” “Installed” “Not Installed” “Installed” “Not Installed”
RETURN”
“Installed on
“VARIABLE “Installed on Valve
“Not Installed” Valve #1 Extend “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
RELIEF #1” #1 Extend Port”
Port”
“Installed on
“VARIABLE
“Not Installed” Valve #1 Retract “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
RELIEF #2”
Port”
“Installed on
“TOOL LOAD
“Not Installed” Valve #1 Extend “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
PRES SENSOR”
Port”

Control Input Installation b. Use the right key (B) or the left key (E) in order
to scroll through the menu options.
1. In order to access the “CONTROL INST” menu,
you must first enter the “SERVICE” mode on the c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,
monitor. press the OK key (H).

2. Use the following procedure in order to access the Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the
“SERVICE” mode on the monitor. password for service must be entered.

a. From the default screen, press main menu key


(D).
168 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

d. When the “PASSWORD” screen appears, use


the right key (B) and the left key (E) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (H).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear.

3. Scroll through the “SERVICE” menu options until


the “CONFIGURATIONS” option is highlighted.
After the “CONFIGURATIONS” is highlighted,
press OK key (H).

4. Scroll through the “CONFIGURATIONS” menu


options until the “CONTROL INST” option is
highlighted. After the “CONTROL INST” is
highlighted, press OK key (H).

5. The “CONTROL INST” menu will allow you to set


the parameters for the tool control systems which
are being installed. Use the following tables in
order to select the parameters for the tool control
system which is being installed.

Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells are


not displayed on the monitor.

Note: Refer to Table 15 for the specific machine


model “Type #”.

Table 16 shows parameters for “Type 1” through


“Type 6”.

Table 17 shows parameters for “Type 7” through


“Bucket”.

Note: Refer to the specific machine model for


additional parameters.
RENR7389-19 169
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 15
CONTROL ARRANGEMENT
Joystick with Foot Pedal Foot Switch
Joystick with 4 Button
Modulation Switch (LH) (ON/OFF)
System 3 - - - Type 9
Type 3 Type 11
System 5 Type 8 -
-(1) Type 6(1)
System 13 and System
14 with Medium Type 1 - - -
pressure
System 13 and System
14 without Medium Type 3 - - -
pressure
System 16 with Medium - -
Type 1 Type 10
pressure
System 16 without
Type 3 Type 6 Type 8 Type 9
Medium pressure
System 17 and System
18 with Medium Type 1 Type 4 - -
pressure
System 17 and System Type 11
18 without medium Type 3 Type 8 Type 9
pressure Type 6(1)

Third Pump Only Type 2 Type 5 Type 7 -


(1) J2F, JJG, JHJ, RSK, W3K, MWP, and A3R Machines
170 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 16
Parameter
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 Type 4 Type 5 Type 6
Description
“JOYSTICK “Modulation “Modulation “Modulation “Joystick “Joystick “Joystick
HANDLE” Handle” Handle” Handle” Switch” Switch” Switch”
“FOOT SW” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
“ATCH LEFT
“Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
PEDAL”
“ATCH RIGHT
“Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
PEDAL”
“LEFT “Momentary “Momentary
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #1 Valve #3 Valve #3
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE” Extend” Extend”
“LEFT
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #2
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE”
“LEFT “Momentary “Momentary
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #4 Valve #3 Valve #3
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE” Retract” Retract”
“RIGHT “Momentary “Momentary “Momentary
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #1 Valve #1 Valve #1 Valve #1
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE” Extend” Extend” Retract”
“RIGHT
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #2
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE”
“RIGHT “Momentary “Momentary
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #4 Valve #1 Valve #1
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE” Extend” Extend”
“FOOT SW “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
MODE” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
“ATCH LEFT “Attachment “Attachment “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
MOD MODE” Valve #3” Valve #3” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
“ATCH RIGHT “Attachment “No Valve “Attachment “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
MOD MODE” Valve #1” Controlled” Valve #1” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
“ATCH LEFT “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
PEDAL MODE” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”

“ATCH RIGHT “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
PEDAL MODE” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
RENR7389-19 171
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 17
Parameter
Type 7 Type 8 Type 9 Type 10 Type 11 Bucket
Description
“JOYSTICK “Joystick “Joystick
“Basic Handle” “Basic Handle” “Basic Handle” “Basic Handle”
HANDLE” Switch” Switch”
“FOOT SW” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
“ATCH LEFT
“Installed” “Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
PEDAL”
“ATCH RIGHT
“Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed” “Not Installed”
PEDAL”
“LEFT “Momentary
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #1 Valve #3
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE” Extend”
“LEFT
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #2
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE”
“LEFT “Momentary
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #4 Valve #3
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE” Retract”
“RIGHT “Momentary
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #1 Valve #1
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE” Retract”
“RIGHT
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #2
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE”
“RIGHT “Momentary “Momentary
“No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
JOYSTICK #4 Valve #1 Valve #1
Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
MODE” Extend” Extend”
“Momentary
“FOOT SW “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
Valve #1
MODE” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
Extend”
“ATCH LEFT “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
MOD MODE” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
“ATCH RIGHT “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
MOD MODE” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
“ATCH LEFT “Attachment “Attachment “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
PEDAL MODE” Valve #3” Valve #1” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”
“ATCH RIGHT “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve “No Valve
PEDAL MODE” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled” Controlled”

i03503360

System Identification
SMCS Code: 5000-546
Table 18

Identification for the Tool Control System 320D through 336D


Tool Control Number of Control Control Device Number of Possible Oil Flow Medium Pressure
System Valves Pumps Which Directions Circuit
Supply Oil to
the Tool
1 1 Hydraulic Pedal 1 1 No
(continued)
172 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 18, contd)


2 2 One Hydraulic 1 or 2 1 or 2 No
Pedal
3 2 Foot Switch 2 1 No
3 Prime 2 Hydraulic Pedal 2 1 No
5 1 Joystick 1 2 No
Thumbwheel or
Electric Pedal
11 2 Two Hydraulic 1 or 2 1 or 2 Yes
Pedals
13 2 Joystick 1 or 2 1 or 2 Optional (1)

Thumbwheel,
Hydraulic Pedal,
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch, or
Joystick with
Three Buttons
14 2 Joystick 1 or 2 1 or 2 Optional (1)

Thumbwheel,
Hydraulic Pedal,
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch, or
Joystick with
Three Buttons
16 1 Hydraulic Pedal, 1 1 No
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch, or
Joystick with
Three Buttons
17 2 Joystick 1 or 2 1 or 2 Optional (1)

Thumbwheel,
Hydraulic Pedal,
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch, or
Joystick with
Three Buttons
18 2 Joystick 1 or 2 1 or 2 Optional (1)

Thumbwheel,
Hydraulic Pedal,
Electric Pedal,
Foot Switch, or
Joystick with
Three Buttons
19 2 Hydraulic Pedal, 1 or 2 1 or 2 Yes
and Joysticks
with Three
Buttons
(1) System 13, System 14, System 17, and System 18 have a medium pressure circuit as an option. Not all machines which are equipped with
these Systems have medium pressure.
RENR7389-19 173
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

The correct “TOOL#” must be selected during


the operation of the work tool. Parameters for the
“TOOL#” must be properly programmed. Refer to
the specifications of the manufacturer in order to
set the parameters of the “TOOL#”.

i02588581

Service Mode - Enter


SMCS Code: 5000

This procedure is used to enter the service mode of


the operator monitor.
g01198467
Illustration 129
Main Control Valve as view from the front of the valve
(1) Attachment control valve
(2) Auxiliary control valve
(3) Auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)

Note: System 13, System 14, System 17, and


System 18 use an independent control valve if the
optional medium pressure circuit is present.

System 1, System 5, and System 16 use only


attachment control valve (1).

System 2, System 3, System 3 Prime, System 13,


System 14, System 17, and System 18 use only
attachment control valve (1) and auxiliary control
valve (2).

System 11 and System 19 use attachment control


valve (1), auxiliary control valve (2), and the auxiliary
control valve (medium pressure) (3).

320D, 320DLRR, 321DLCR, 323D, 324D, 325D,


328DLCR, 329D, 330D, and 336D excavators can
have a tool control system on the machine. Refer
to the table in order to determine the tool control
system. The tool control system is set by the factory
and stored in the ECM. g01198159
Illustration 130
Refer to the Systems Operation for a description of
each system. 1. Illustration 130 is the default screen of the monitor.
This screen appears when the monitor is initially
The tool control system should only be changed on turned ON.
the monitor if certain components on the machine
are changed first.

Each tool control system has ten “TOOL#s”. Some


tool control systems have parameters that can be set
for each “TOOL#”. In order to customize the “TOOL#”
for a particular work tool, change the parameter
values for the work tool. The default parameters of
the work tool that can be changed are explained for
each tool control system.
174 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01197980
Illustration 131
(1) Up key
(2) Right key
(3) Home key
(4) Main menu
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

g01220271
Illustration 133

4. After OK key (8) is pressed, the above screen


will be displayed. The keys for direction are used
to input the password. Different passwords allow
access to menus that are in the monitor. For more
information on the passwords, Refer to Systems
Operation, “Monitor Overview” for the Tool Control
System. The password that allows access to all
menus that are used for service is “FFF2”. Press
left key (3) or right key (4) in order to change the
position of the flashing character. Press the OK
key (8) in order to enter the highlighted character.

g01197981
Illustration 132

2. Press menu key (6). Illustration 132 will be


displayed. Press right key (2) in order to highlight
“SERVICE” menu option.

3. After the “SERVICE” option is highlighted, press


OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 175
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

6. When the correct password is entered, the


“SERVICE” menu will appear.

g01220277
Illustration 134

5. After entering the last letter of the password, the Illustration 136
g01220281
monitor will continue with the “SERVICE” screen.
7. If an incorrect password is entered, Illustration
136 is displayed.

8. Press the OK key (8) in order to retry the


password. Press the cancel key (7) in order to exit
the program.

Exiting the Service Mode


Three methods are used in order to terminate the
service mode. The service mode will be terminated
10 seconds after the start switch is turned to the OFF
position. Use the procedures below if the start switch
is not turned to the Off position.

1. Press the cancel key (7). The monitor will display


the previous menu when the cancel key is
pressed. Stop when the default screen appears.

2. Press the home key (4). By pressing the home


key, the monitor will automatically go to the default
screen.

g01220279
Illustration 135
176 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

i03503402

Machine Tool Control System -


Select
SMCS Code: 5000-529

The “machine system” refers to the arrangement


of valves and hydraulic lines on the excavator.
The systems that are covered by this manual
are described in Systems Operation, “General
Information” for the Tool Control System. The setting
of the “system” of the machine is programmed at
the factory. This setting is parameter “MACHINE
APPLICATION” under the “CONFIGURATION”
menu. This setting is modified in the field under the
following conditions:

• When an ECM is replaced all of the settings must


be reprogrammed.

• An aftermarket tool control system and the related


hardware are added to a machine.

• Hardware changes and/or additions are made in


order to change the function of the tool control
system.

Table 19 and Table 20 list the fourteen different


parameters that pertain to the machine control
system. When the first parameter “MACHINE
APPLICATION” is selected, the remaining thirteen
parameters are reset automatically. The values for
these settings are already stored in the memory
of the ECM. These parameters are dependent
upon hardware and the parameters refer to the
installation status of various valves. If parameter
“MACHINE APPLICATION” is reprogrammed and the
appropriate hardware is not installed on the machine,
the following scenarios may happen:

• The tool control will not function properly.


• The tool will not function at all.
• Damage to the tool may result.
In Table 19 and Table 20, parameter “MACHINE
APPLICATION” lists the common systems that
are available. More systems may be available for
selection in the menu that is displayed on the monitor.
Only ONE selection from the list in the table will work
properly with your machine with the specific hardware
for the tool control system that is installed.

Table 19
TOOL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Name of
Description
Parameter
(continued)
RENR7389-19 177
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 19, contd)


TOOL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Name of
Description
Parameter
Option Tool Control System System Description
“NOT CONFIGURED”
One Pump
“SCM Hammer #1” 1 One-Way
Foot Pedal
Combined Function
“SCM Common” 2
Foot Pedal
Two Pump
“NACD Hammer” 3 One-Way
Foot Switch
Two Pump
“SCM Hammer #2” 3 Prime One-Way
Foot Pedal
One Pump
Two-Way
“NACD Thumb” 5
Joystick Thumbwheel
Electric Pedal
“MACHINE
Combined Function
APPLICATION” “SCM Shear” 11
Foot Pedal
Combined Function
Auxiliary Pump (1)
13 Joystick Thumbwheel
“NACD Multi-Proc”
14 Joystick with 3 Buttons
Foot Switch
Electric Pedal
Two Pump
One-Way
“EAME Hammer” 16 Foot Switch
Joystick with 3 Buttons
Electric Foot Pedal
Combined Function
Auxiliary Pump (1)
17 Joystick Thumbwheel
“EAME Multi-Proc”
18 Joystick with 3 Buttons
Foot Switch
Electric Pedal
“Bucket” No Auxiliary Function Needed.
“FLOW LIMIT “NOT INSTALLED”
VALVE” “INSTALLED”
“NOT INSTALLED”
“F2 - ONE WAY”
“F2 - TWO WAY”
“F2 - ONE or TWO WAY”
“F4 - ONE WAY”
“ATCH VALVE #1”
“F4 - TWO WAY”
“F4 - ONE or TWO WAY”
“ATT - ONE WAY”
“ATT - TWO WAY”
“ATT - ONE or TWO WAY”
(continued)
178 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 19, contd)


TOOL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Name of
Description
Parameter
“NOT INSTALLED”
“F2 - ONE WAY”
“F2 - TWO WAY”
“F2 - ONE or TWO WAY”
“F4 - ONE WAY”
“ATCH VALVE #2”
“F4 - TWO WAY”
“F4 - ONE or TWO WAY”
“ATT - ONE WAY”
“ATT - TWO WAY”
“ATT - ONE or TWO WAY”
“NOT INSTALLED”
“F2 - ONE WAY”
“F2 - TWO WAY”
“F2 - ONE or TWO WAY”
“F4 - ONE WAY”
“ATCH VALVE #3”
“F4 - TWO WAY”
“F4 - ONE or TWO WAY”
“ATT - ONE WAY”
“ATT - TWO WAY”
“ATT - ONE or TWO WAY”
“NOT INSTALLED”
“F2 - ONE WAY”
“F2 - TWO WAY”
“F2 - ONE or TWO WAY”
“F4 - ONE WAY”
“ATCH VALVE #4”
“F4 - TWO WAY”
“F4 - ONE or TWO WAY”
“ATT - ONE WAY”
“ATT - TWO WAY”
“ATT - ONE or TWO WAY”
“ATCH VALVE “ELECTRICAL”
#1 TYPE” “HYDRAULIC”
“ATCH VALVE “ELECTRICAL”
#2 TYPE” “HYDRAULIC”
“ATCH VALVE “ELECTRICAL”
#3 TYPE” “HYDRAULIC”
“ATCH VALVE “ELECTRICAL”
#4 TYPE” “HYDRAULIC”
“V2 COMBINED V1”
“COMBINER “V3 COMBINED V1”
VALVE” “V4 COMBINED V1”
“NOT INSTALLED”
“NOT NSTALLED”
“INSTALLED V1 EXT”
“INSTALLED V1 RET”
“INSTALLED V2 EXT”
“VARIABLE
“INSTALLED V2 RET”
RELIEF #1”
“INSTALLED V3 EXT”
“INSTALLED V3 RET”
“INSTALLED V4 EXT”
“INSTALLED V4 RET”
(continued)
RENR7389-19 179
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 19, contd)


TOOL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Name of
Description
Parameter
“NOT NSTALLED”
“INSTALLED V1 EXT”
“INSTALLED V1 RET”
“INSTALLED V2 EXT”
“VARIABLE
“INSTALLED V2 RET”
RELIEF #2”
“INSTALLED V3 EXT”
“INSTALLED V3 RET”
“INSTALLED V4 EXT”
“INSTALLED V4 RET”
“HAMMER “NOT INSTALLED”
RETURN” INSTALLED
“NOT NSTALLED”
“INSTALLED V1 EXT”
“INSTALLED V1 RET”
“INSTALLED V2 EXT”
“TOOL LOAD
“INSTALLED V2 RET”
PRES SENSOR”
“INSTALLED V3 EXT”
“INSTALLED V3 RET”
“INSTALLED V4 EXT”
“INSTALLED V4 RET”
(1) The auxiliary pump for the medium pressure circuit is optional.

Programming The Machine System 2. From the “MAIN MENU” screen, use the right key
(2) to scroll through the menu options.
Use the following Illustration to operate the monitor.
3. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted, press
the OK key (8).

4. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

5. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 138.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


g01197980
Illustration 137 passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Monitor Panel Systems Operation, “Monitoring System” for the
(1) Up key machine.
(2) Right key
(3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

In order to program any of the parameters of the


machine, you must first enter the “SERVICE MODE”
on the monitor.

1. From the default screen, press the main menu


key (4).
180 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 20
“SERVICE” / “CONFIGURATION” / “TOOL
INSTILLATION”
Display Description
“MACHINE Configuration of the
APPLICATION” application for the machine
“ATCH ECM Installation status of the
INSTALLATION” attachment controller
“FLOW LIMIT VALVE” Installation status of the
main pump's control valve
for the limitation of flow
“ATCH VALVE #1” Configuration of the
number 1 attachment valve
“ATCH VALVE #3” Configuration of the
number 3 attachment valve
“COMBINER VALVE” Configuration of the
number 1 combiner valve
“VARIABLE RELIEF #1” Configuration of the
number 1 variable relief
valve
“VARIABLE RELIEF #2” Configuration of the
number 2 variable relief
valve
g01198906 “TOOL LOAD PRES Installation status of the F2
Illustration 138
SENSOR” valve's pressure sensor for
This is a typical example of the “SERVICE” screen. load sensing

From the “SERVICE” screen, the two menu options


that configure the machine's options for tool control 8. Press the home key (3) in order to exit the service
follow: “CONFIGURATION” and “TOOL PROGRAM”. mode, or back out using the cancel key (7),
Each procedure is described below. until the “SERVICE” screen appears. Refer to
Illustration 138.
Procedure for accessing “CONFIGURATION” menu
Procedure for accessing “TOOL PROGRAM” menu
1. From the “SERVICE” screen, use the down key
(6) to scroll through the menu options. 1. From the “SERVICE” screen, use the down key
(6) to scroll through the menu options.
2. When the “CONFIGURATION” option is
highlighted, press the OK key (8). 2. When the “TOOL PROGRAM” option is
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
3. From the “CONFIGURATION” screen, use the
down key (6) to scroll through the menu options. 3. From the “TOOL PROGRAM” screen, use the
down key (6) to scroll through the menu options.
4. When the “TOOL INSTALLATION” option is
highlighted, press the OK key (8). 4. When the desired item is highlighted press the OK
key (8).
5. From the “TOOL INSTALLATION” screen, use the
down key (6) to scroll through the menu options. 5. After pressing the OK key (8), the “TOOL #??”
When the desired option is highlighted, press the screen should appear. “TOOL #??” parameters
OK key (8). that can be changed are located in Table 21. To
change the parameters, highlight the desired
6. “TOOL INSTALLATION” parameters that can be parameter and press the OK key (8).
changed are located in Table 20. To change the
parameters, highlight the desired parameter and 6. Use the up key (1) and use the down key (6) in
press the OK key (8). order to change the value. Press the OK key (8) in
order to save settings.
7. Use the up key (1) and use the down key (6) in
order to change the value. Press the OK key (8) in
order to save settings.
RENR7389-19 181
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 21 (Table 21, contd)

“SERVICE” / “TOOL PROGRAM” / “TOOL #??” “SERVICE” / “TOOL PROGRAM” / “TOOL #??”
Display Description Display Description
“NAME” Name of the tool “ATCH RIGHT PEDAL” Control mode of the right
attachment pedal
“MAX DIAL” Maximum position of the
dial for the throttle “ATCH #1 TOOL SW” Control mode of the
number 1 attachment
“MIN DIAL” Minimum position of the switch
dial for the throttle
“ATCH #2 TOOL SW” Control mode of the
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” Enabling of the number 2 attachment
underspeed option switch
“COMBINER ENABLE” Combined two pump flow “ATCH #3 TOOL SW” Control mode of the
“WARNING TEMP” Threshold for the number 3 attachment
warning of high hydraulic switch
temperature “ATCH #4 TOOL SW” Control mode of the
“ONE OR TWO WAY” one-way/two-way mode number 4 attachment
switch
“VAR RELIEF #1 PRES” Pressure of the number 1
variable relief valve “INIT PUMP POWER Initial power reduction
RED” for the medium pressure
“VAR RELIEF #2 PRES” Pressure of the number 2 circuit's main pump
variable relief valve
“TOTAL PUMP POW RED” Total power reduction
“F2 DERATE MAX PRES” Maximum control pressure for the medium pressure
for the derate of the F2 circuit's main pump
valve
“A1 FLOW” Flow setting for the number
“F2 SQEZ START” Starting pressure for the 1 attachment valve
derate of the F2 valve
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” Additional flow for the
“F2 SQEZ END PRES” Ending pressure for the number 1 valve during
derate of the F2 valve multiple operations
“F2 MULTI OPE EXTND” Maximum pilot pressure “A1 NOMINAL PRES” Nominal pressure for the
for the extension of the number 1 attachment valve
attachment control valve
during multiple operation “A1 OPEN TIME” Open time for the number
1 attachment valve
“F2 MULTI OPE RETCT” Maximum pilot pressure
for the retraction of the “A1 CLOSE TIME” Close time for the number
attachment control valve 1 attachment valve
during multiple operation “A1 EXTND MAX PRES” Maximum pressure for the
“MOD L JOYSTK SW #1” Control mode of the extension of the number 1
number 1 switch on the left attachment valve
joystick “A1 RETCT MAX PRES” Maximum pressure for the
“MOD L JOYSTK SW #2” Control mode of the retraction of the number 1
number 2 switch on the left attachment valve
joystick “A3 FLOW” Flow setting for the number
“MOD R JOYSTK SW #1” Control mode of the 3 attachment valve
number 1 switch on the “A3 MULTI ADD FLOW” Additional flow for the
right joystick number 3 attachment valve
“MOD R JOYSTK SW #2” Control mode of the during multiple operations
number 2 switch on the “A3 NOMINAL PRES” Nominal pressure for the
right joystick number 3 attachment valve
“MOD L THUMBWHEEL” Control mode of the thumb “A3 OPEN TIME” Open time for the number
wheel on the left joystick 3 attachment valve
“MOD R THUMBWHEEL” Control mode of the thumb “A3 CLOSE TIME” Close time for the number
wheel on the right joystick 3 attachment valve
“ATCH LEFT PEDAL” Control mode of the left “A3 EXTND MAX PRES” Maximum pressure for the
attachment pedal extension of number 3
(continued) attachment valve
(continued)
182 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 21, contd)


“SERVICE” / “TOOL PROGRAM” / “TOOL #??”
Display Description
“A3 RETCT MAX PRES” Maximum pressure for the
retraction of the number 3
attachment valve

7. Press the home key (3) in order to exit the service


mode, or back out using the cancel key (7),
until the “SERVICE” screen appears. Refer to
Illustration 138.

Illustration 139 diagrams the steps that are required


to move from the “SERVICE” screen to the “TOOL
INSTALLATION” menu or from the “SERVICE”
screen to the “TOOL #??” menu.
RENR7389-19 183
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01198684
Illustration 139
184 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

i03518780

Work Tool - Select


SMCS Code: 5000-529

The following procedure is used in order to display


the name of the work tool on the monitor. Refer to
Illustration 140.

g01197980
Illustration 141
(1) Up key
(2) Right key
(3) Home Key
(4) Main menu
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

Enable the Tool Indicator Option


The name of the tool (G) that is selected will be
displayed below the hour meter on the default screen
of the monitor.

1. Press menu key (4).

2. Select the menu option “SETTING” from the


“MAIN MENU” screen.

3. When the “SETTING” option is highlighted press


g01198273 the OK key (8).
Illustration 140
The Default Screen for the Monitor 4. Select the menu option “DISPLAY SETUP” from
(A) Clock the “SETTING” menu.
(B) Engine speed setting
(C) Fuel gauge
(D) Hydraulic oil temperature
5. When the “DISPLAY SETUP” option is highlighted
(E) Engine coolant temperature press the OK key (8).
(F) Hour meter
(G) Name of the work tool that is selected 6. Select the menu option “INDICATED ITEM” from
the “DISPLAY SETUP” menu.

7. When the “INDICATED ITEM” option is highlighted


press the OK key (8).

8. The “ENTER PASSWORD” screen will be


displayed.

9. The right key (2) and left key (5) move the cursor
along the character display. When the appropriate
character is highlighted press the OK key (8). The
monitor will prompt the user for the next character
after the OK key (8) has been pressed. Enter the
customer password or enter the password for
service FFF2 in order to continue.
RENR7389-19 185
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

10. After the correct password has been entered, the


“INDICATED ITEM” screen will be displayed. Use
the up key (1) and the down key (6) to move the
highlighted bar. When the menu option “TOOL
NAME” is highlighted, press the OK key (8) in
order to change the status of this option. If a check
mark appears in the box to the left of the menu
option, the option is selected.

11. After the “TOOL NAME” option is selected press


the cancel key (7) in order to exit to the previous
screen.

12. Continue to back out of screens until the default


screen appears. g01197980
Illustration 143
Keys on the monitor
Select the Tool (1) Up key
(2) Right key
The following procedure is for selecting one of the (3) Home Key
five work tools that are programmed into the monitor. (4) Main menu
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

g01198159
Illustration 142

1. Illustration 142 is the default screen of the monitor.


This screen appears when the monitor is initially Illustration 144
g01198279
turned ON.
2. Press menu key (4). Illustration 144 should be
displayed.

3. Highlight the “SETTING” menu option from the


“MAIN MENU” screen.

4. Press the OK key (8).


186 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01198281 g01198295
Illustration 145 Illustration 146

5. After OK key (8) is pressed, Illustration 145 will be 8. Use the up key (1) and the down key (6) in order
displayed. Press the down key (6) until “WORK to move the highlighted line.
TOOL SELECT” is highlighted.
9. When the desired tool is highlighted, press the
6. When “WORK TOOL SELECT” is highlighted OK key (8). If a dot appears in the circle to the
press the OK key (8). left of “TOOL NAME”, the tool is selected. See
Illustration 147.
7. After the OK key (8) is pressed the “WORK TOOL
SELECT” screen should be displayed. Refer to
Illustration 146.
RENR7389-19 187
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

MAX DIAL Max Dial – This item is the upper limit of


the engine speed dial that is used when the tool is
operating. When a tool is operating, the controller
compares the current speed of the engine to this
maximum setting. If the engine speed is higher than
the setting, the engine speed is reduced to the proper
level.

MIN DIAL Min Dial – This item is the lower limit of


the engine speed dial that is used when the tool is
operating. When a tool is operating, the controller
compares the current speed of the engine to this
minimum setting. If the engine speed is lower than
the setting, the engine speed is increased to the
proper level.

UNDERSPEED ENABLE Underspeed Control –


This parameter enables the function for underspeed
control. If a tool is not operating properly and the
underspeed control parameter is turned ON, disable
this parameter.

COMBINER ENABLE Combined Flow with


Two Pumps – This parameter enables combined
hydraulic flow with two pumps. On System 3 and 16,
this parameter should always be enabled. On System
1 and System 5, this parameter should always be
disabled.
g01198298
Illustration 147
WARNING TEMP Hydraulic Temperature – This is
NOTICE the highest acceptable hydraulic oil temperature.
When BUCKET/NO TOOL is selected in the moni-
tor, the hydraulic pumps produce maximum flow. Do A1 FLOW Attachment Valve One – This parameter
not select BUCKET/NO TOOL when a work tool is at- is the primary flow requirement for the work tool. This
tached to the machine. value is measured in liters per min.

A1 MULTI ADD FLOW Attachment Valve One


10. The default names for the tools from the factory
Multiple Operations Additional Flow – When the
are “TOOL #01” through “TOOL #10”.
tool is operating and another hydraulic function is
initiated, this parameter regulates the amount of
Note: After the monitor has been programmed for
additional flow that is provided in order to perform
specific work tools, the descriptive names should be
multiple functions at the same time. This parameter
changed from “TOOL #X” to the actual name of the
is programmed in liters per minute.
work tool. This will simplify the operator's selection
of the work tool.
A1 NOMINAL PRES Attachment Valve One
Nominal Pressure – This parameter improves the
i03614295 accuracy when the flow is calculated. The value is the
working pressure setting plus the pressure loss of the
Work Tool Parameter - Program hydraulic system 2000 kPa (290 psi). For example,
when the machine is equipped with a tool with a
SMCS Code: 5000-591 working pressure setting of 14000 kPa (2031 psi),
use 16000 kPa (2321 psi) as this value.
Note: The list of common parameters for the work
tool is in Table 22. Each of the ten work tools have Table 22
separate values for each parameter that is used. Display Description
These common parameters are described in more
detail below. “NAME” Saved name for the tool
“MAX DIAL” Maximum position of the
NAME Name of the tool – Each tool has a dial for the throttle
descriptive name that is programmable. The name
may contain 14 characters. The default from the “MIN DIAL” Minimum position of the
factory is “AUX TOOL#1” through “AUX TOOL #10”. dial for the throttle
(continued)
188 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 22, contd) (Table 22, contd)


Display Description Display Description
“UNDERSPEEN ENABLE” Enable the underspeed “ATCH #1 TOOL SW” Control mode for the
option. attachment's number 1
switch
“COMBINER ENABLE” One pump/two pump
combiner “ATCH #2 TOOL SW” Control mode for the
attachment's number 2
“WARNING TEMP” Hydraulic temperature's switch
high level threshold
“ATCH #3 TOOL SW” Control mode for the
“ONE OR TWO WAY” One-way/two-way mode attachment's number 3
“VAR RELIEF #1 PRES” Pressure setting for the switch
number 1 variable relief “ATCH #4 TOOL SW” Control mode for the
valve attachment's number 4
“VAR RELIEF #2 PRES” Pressure setting for the switch
number 2 variable relief “INIT PUMP POWER Initial reduction of power for
valve RED” the main pump's medium
“F2 DERATE MAX PRES” Maximum control pressure pressure circuit
for the derate of the F2 “TOTAL PUMP POW RED” Total power reduction of
valve the main pump's medium
“F2 SQUEZ START PRES” Pressure for the start of the pressure circuit
derate of the F2 valve “A1 FLOW” Flow setting of the
“F2 SQUEZ END PRES” Pressure for the end of the attachment valve number
derate of the F2 valve 1.

“F2 MULTI OPE EXTND” Maximum pilot pressure “A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” Additional flow for multiple
for the extension of the operation of number 1
combined attachment attachment valve
valve during multiple “A1 NOMINAL PRES” Nominal pressure for the
operation number 1 attachment valve
“F2 MULTI OPE RETCT” Maximum pilot pressure “ A1 OPEN TIME” Open time of the number 1
for the retraction of the attachment valve
combined attachment
valve during multiple “A1 CLOSE TIME” Close time of the number 1
operation attachment valve
“MOD L JOYSTICK SW # Control mode of the “A1 EXTND MAX PRES” Maximum pressure for the
1” number 1 switch on the left extension of the number 1
joystick attachment valve
“MOD L JOYSTICK SW # Control mode for the “A1 RETCT MAX PRES” Maximum pressure for the
2” number 2 switch on the left retraction of the number 1
joystick attachment valve
“MOD R JOYSTICK SW # Control mode of the “A3 FLOW” Flow setting of the number
1” Number 1 switch on the 3 attachment valve
right joystick
“A3 MULTI ADD FLOW” Additional flow for the
“MOD R JOYSTICK SW # Control mode for the number 3 attachment valve
2” number 2 switch on the during multiple operations
right joystick
“A3 NOMINAL PRES” Nominal pressure for the
“MOD L THUMBWHEEL” Control mode for the thumb number 3 attachment valve
wheel on the left joystick
“A3 OPEN TIME” Open time for the number
“MOD R THUMBWHEEL” Control mode for the thumb 3 attachment valve
wheel on the right joystick
“A3 CLOSE TIME” Close time for the number
“ATCH LEFT PEDAL” Control mode for the left 3 attachment valve
attachment pedal
“A3 EXTND MAX PRES” Maximum pressure for the
“ATCH RIGHT PEDAL” Control mode for the right extension of the number 3
attachment pedal attachment valve
(continued) “A3 RETCT MAX PRES” Maximum pressure for the
retraction of the number 3
attachment valve
RENR7389-19 189
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Programming The Ten Tools


Use Illustration 148 in order to navigate the monitor.

g01197980
Illustration 148
(1) Up key
(2) Right key
(3) Home key
(4) Main menu
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

In order to program any of the parameters of the


g01198906
machine, first enter “Service Mode” on the monitor. Illustration 149
This procedure is described in full in Testing and Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the Tool Control
System. After entering the password for the service Under the “SERVICE” menu, two options contain all
mode, the following screen will be displayed on the of the parameters for the Tool Control System.
monitor:
• “CONFIGURATIONS”
• “TOOL PROGRAM”
190 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01199204
Illustration 150
Chart for the navigation which is used in order to access parameters

Press OK key (8) in order to access the next screen. Setting The Name of the Tool
Press the cancel key (7) in order to back out of a
screen. It is possible to set up names for each of the ten tools.
These names consist of 14 letters of your choosing.
Note: Under “MACHINE APPLICATION” menu, The following characters are valid in a name: (space),
“SPECIAL APPLICATION” is used for custom tool !, #, *, +, -, ., /, 0-9, :, ;, =, ?, and A-Z.
installations. These parameters will be based on the
machine configuration and the custom tool that is All of the other parameters are programmed in the
being installed. same manner.
RENR7389-19 191
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Calibration S/N: JBF1-Up


S/N: KGF1-Up
i03630887
S/N: PRF1-Up
Joystick Slide Control - S/N: ZMF1-Up
Calibrate S/N: CWG1-Up
SMCS Code: 5705-524-PSN S/N: JJG1-Up
S/N: GPB1-Up S/N: JLG1-Up
S/N: LAB1-Up S/N: LMG1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: MPG1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: ZGB1-Up S/N: B6H1-Up
S/N: BFC1-Up S/N: MCH1-Up
S/N: EJC1-Up S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: JHJ1-Up
S/N: RAC1-Up S/N: KDJ1-Up
S/N: SDC1-Up S/N: THJ1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: CYD1-Up S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: ERK1-Up
S/N: PBD1-Up S/N: FXK1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up S/N: RSK1-Up
S/N: SED1-Up S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: T2D1-Up S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: DHE1-Up S/N: XCK1-Up
S/N: GGE1-Up S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up S/N: LAL1-Up
S/N: NDE1-Up S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: PKE1-Up S/N: MCL1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: PAL1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up S/N: BYM1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up S/N: LRM1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up S/N: PBM1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: SYM1-Up
192 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: TPM1-Up S/N: SCY1-Up


S/N: ERN1-Up S/N: T2Y1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: PPN1-Up S/N: KBZ1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up Calibration of the joystick thumbwheels can be
performed by using two methods, calibration with the
S/N: AZP1-Up
monitor and calibration with Caterpillar Electronic
S/N: BZP1-Up Technician.

S/N: GDP1-Up
Calibration with Monitor
S/N: JLP1-Up
Note: Use the keys in the following illustration in
S/N: MWP1-Up order to calibrate the joystick slide control.
S/N: MYP1-Up
S/N: A3R1-Up
S/N: GBR1-Up
S/N: JWR1-Up
S/N: MKR1-Up
S/N: SCR1-Up
S/N: DTS1-Up
S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: NES1-Up g01197980
Illustration 151
S/N: RAS1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: T2S1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu
S/N: YDS1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: EJT1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: KKT1-Up
Recalibration must be performed if any of the
S/N: M4T1-Up following components are replaced:
S/N: PYT1-Up • The joystick slide control
S/N: WET1-Up
• The tool controller
S/N: WLT1-Up
• The software
S/N: CYW1-Up
Place the backup switch in the AUTO position.
S/N: DKW1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up 1. In order to access the “CALIBRATION” menu,
you must first enter the “SERVICE” mode on the
S/N: YFW1-Up monitor.

S/N: EDX1-Up 2. Enter the service mode. Refer to Testing and


Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the Tool
S/N: GMX1-Up
Control.
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
RENR7389-19 193
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01199794 g01199796
Illustration 152 Illustration 153
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
5. After the OK key is pressed the “CALIBRATIONS”
3. From the “SERVICE” menu, use the up key (1) or screen will appear. From the “CALIBRATIONS”
the down key (6) in order to move the highlighted menu, highlight “LEVER / PEDAL / ATCH”.
line.
6. When the “LEVER / PEDAL / ATCH” option
4. When the “CALIBRATIONS” menu option is is highlighted, press the OK key (8). Refer to
highlighted, press the OK key (8). Refer to Illustration 153.
Illustration 152.
194 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01199800 g01199803
Illustration 154 Illustration 155

7. After the OK key is pressed, the “LEVER / PEDAL 8. After the OK key is pressed, the monitor will begin
/ ATCH” screen should appear. Use the down key to communicate to the ECM. When the ECM is
in order to highlight “MOD L THUMBWHEEL”. ready, the next screen will automatically appear.
Press the OK key (8).

Note: Illustration 154 shows that both the left thumb


wheel and the right thumb wheel are highlighted.
Only one of the options will be highlighted at a time.

g01199818
Illustration 156
RENR7389-19 195
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

9. Press the OK key (8) in order to start the process


of calibration. After the OK key is pressed, all
inputs will be disabled.

g01199823
Illustration 158

11. Move the thumb wheel to the FORWARD position.


Illustration 157
g01199822 move the thumb wheel to the BACKWARD
position.
10. Ensure that the thumb wheel is in the neutral
position. Press OK key (8). 12. Allow the inputs to return to the NEUTRAL
position. Press the OK key (8).
196 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

14. The process of calibrating is completed. Press


the cancel key (7) in order to exit the upper level
screen.

g01199825
Illustration 159

13. Press the OK key (8). Pressing the OK key


g01199830
enables the machine's inputs. Illustration 161

15. It is possible for an error to occur when you are


calibrating. If an error occurs during the process
of calibrating, restart the process of calibrating.

16. Repeat Steps 7 through Step 15 for the right


thumb wheel.

g01199827
Illustration 160
RENR7389-19 197
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Calibration with Caterpillar


Electronic Technician

g01203270
Illustration 162

1. The calibration's initial start-up displays the


following: “Left Joystick Thumbwheel Calibration”,
“Right Joystick Thumbwheel Calibration”, “Left
Attachment Pedal Calibration”, and “Right
Attachment Pedal Calibration”. Perform one
calibration at a time. Follow the instructions in
order to perform the calibration.
198 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01203273
Illustration 163

2. As the calibration is being performed, the active


step will be displayed in bold text.
RENR7389-19 199
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01203281
Illustration 164

3. After the completion of a step, a check will appear


in the completed box. Press the “NEXT” button in
order to continue to the next step of calibration.
200 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01203291
Illustration 165
RENR7389-19 201
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01203292
Illustration 166

4. When the calibration is completed, the


“CALIBRATION SUCCESSFUL” screen will be
displayed.
202 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01203295
Illustration 167

5. The “CALIBRATION UNSUCCESSFUL” screen S/N: BFC1-Up


and an error code will be displayed if the
calibration is unsuccessful. S/N: EJC1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up
i03838479
S/N: HJC1-Up
Solenoid Valve (Proportional S/N: RAC1-Up
Reducing) - Calibrate
S/N: SDC1-Up
(Negative Flow Control)
S/N: WGC1-Up
SMCS Code: 5479
S/N: CYD1-Up
S/N: LAB1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up
S/N: PBD1-Up
S/N: ZGB1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up
RENR7389-19 203
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: SED1-Up S/N: THJ1-Up


S/N: T2D1-Up S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: DHE1-Up S/N: ERK1-Up
S/N: GGE1-Up S/N: FFK1-Up
S/N: KBE1-Up S/N: FXK1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up S/N: RSK1-Up
S/N: NDE1-Up S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: PBE1-Up S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up S/N: XCK1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up S/N: LAL1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: DJF1-Up S/N: MCL1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: MPL1-Up
S/N: JBF1-Up S/N: PAL1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: BYM1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: SWF1-Up S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: ZMF1-Up S/N: LRM1-Up
S/N: CWG1-Up S/N: PBM1-Up
S/N: JJG1-Up S/N: SYM1-Up
S/N: JLG1-Up S/N: TPM1-Up
S/N: LMG1-Up S/N: ERN1-Up
S/N: MGG1-Up S/N: GTN1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: JTN1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: B6H1-Up S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: DBH1-Up S/N: TSN1-Up
S/N: EAH1-Up S/N: WBN1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up S/N: BZP1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up S/N: DFP1-Up
S/N: JHJ1-Up S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: KDJ1-Up S/N: JLP1-Up
204 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: MWP1-Up S/N: T2Y1-Up


S/N: MYP1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: A3R1-Up S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: GBR1-Up S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: JWR1-Up S/N: KBZ1-Up
S/N: JZR1-Up This calibration procedure is used in order to record
the calibration data from the proportional solenoid
S/N: MKR1-Up
valve for the negative flow control. This calibration
S/N: SCR1-Up should be done at the following times: replacement
of the NFC solenoid valve, replacement of the
S/N: BYS1-Up ECM, flash new software, and adjustments to the
horsepower controls on the pump.
S/N: DTS1-Up
S/N: NAS1-Up Before this procedure is performed, ensure that the
following requirements are met:
S/N: NES1-Up
• Verify that the engine speed is properly calibrated. If
S/N: RAS1-Up necessary, see Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration”
for the Machine Electronic Control System.
S/N: T2S1-Up
S/N: YDS1-Up • Verify that the pilot pressure is set to the proper
specification that is found in Testing and Adjusting,
S/N: EJT1-Up “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test and Adjust” for the
machine.
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: JBT1-Up • Verify that the main relief valve is set to the proper
specification that is found in Testing and Adjusting,
S/N: KKT1-Up “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the
machine.
S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: MDT1-Up
• Verify that the power shift pressure is properly
calibrated. If necessary, see Testing and Adjusting,
S/N: PYT1-Up “Calibration” for the Machine Electronic Control
System.
S/N: WET1-Up
There are two methods for calibrating the proportional
S/N: WLT1-Up solenoid valve for negative flow control. One method
uses a flow meter and a pressure gauge. This
S/N: DKW1-Up
method is more accurate. The other method uses
S/N: PGW1-Up only a pressure gauge. This method is less accurate.
Both methods are described below.
S/N: YFW1-Up
Note: Calibration of the negative flow control valve
S/N: CJX1-Up with a flow meter is not available for System 1,
S/N: EDX1-Up System 2, System 3 Prime and System 11. Refer to
“Calibration with a Pressure Gauge”.
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PCX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: SCY1-Up
RENR7389-19 205
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.


Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.

3. Install a 400 L (80 US gal) flow meter in the


hydraulic line to the tool.

Note: Table 23 lists the parts which appear in


Illustration 170.

Table 23
TOOL CHART FOR FLOW TEST
Item Part
Part Description Quantity
Number Number
10 4C-9910 Flow Meter 1
11 6K-6307 O-ring seal 2
12 8C-9026 Adapter 2
13 7M-8485 O-ring seal 8
g01154622 4C-6482 Nipple 4
Illustration 168
14
Thumb wheel on the right joystick 9U-5086 Optional Dust Cap 4

The device for activation of the work tool is the thumb 4C-6481 Coupler 4
15
wheel on the right joystick for System 3, System 5, 9U-5084 Optional Dust Plug 4
System 13, System 14, System 16 and System 17.
16 4C-8767 Coupling 4
17 5P-1010 Sleeve 4
XT-5 Hose
18 5P-0201 2
3.5 m (12 ft)
19 8T-4194 Bolt 4
20 8T-4223 Hard Washer 2
21 1P-5767 Half Flange 4
22 9U-7440 Adapter 2
23 1P-3704 Rectangular Seal 2
28 6V-4143 Coupler 2

g01243522
29 6V-3014 Hose 1
Illustration 169
30 6V-3989 Nipple 1
Right pedal for the work tool
31 8T-0861 Pressure Gauge 1
The device for activation of the work tool is the right
pedal for System 1, System 2, System 3 Prime and
System 11.

Calibration with a Pressure Gauge


and a Flow Meter
Note: When additional safety is needed on machines
that are equipped with a swing brake solenoid,
disconnect the swing brake solenoid so that the
swing brake remains engaged.

1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the


engine.
206 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01223669
Illustration 170
(24) Port on supply line for work tool (27) Pump pressure tap (40) Flow meter inlet
(25) Port on return line for work tool (34) Load valve for flow meter (41) Outlet of the flow meter
(26) Pump pressure tap (35) Main pump
RENR7389-19 207
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01240895
Illustration 173
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(26) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(27) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(37) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

g01134699 4. Install a 40000 kPa (5800 psi) pressure gauge


Illustration 171
(31) on pressure tap (27).
Flow meter
(32) Test hose from the supply line for work tool 5. Place the backup switch in the AUTO position.
(33) Test hose to the return line for the work tool
(34) Load valve for flow meter
(40) Flow meter inlet
6. Start the engine.
(41) Outlet of the flow meter
(42) Pressure gauge for the flow meter 7. Move the engine speed dial to position 10.

a. Connect one end of the test hose (32) to the 8. Increase the oil temperature to 50 °C (122 °F).
supply line for the work tool (24). Connect the
other end of the test hose (32) to the inlet port Two Pump Calibration
on the flow meter (40). Refer to Illustration 171.
Use Illustration 174 in order to navigate the monitor.
b. Connect one end of the second test hose (33)
to the return line for the work tool. Connect the
other end of the test hose (33) to the outlet port
on the flow meter. Refer to Illustration 171.

g01197980
Illustration 174
(1) Up key
(2) Right key
(3) Home key
g01537754
Illustration 172 (4) Main menu
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D (5) Left key
(6) Down key
(26) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure) (7) Cancel key
(27) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure) (8) OK key
(37) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)
1. Be sure to select a work tool that provides two
pump flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work
Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System.
208 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

2. In order to access the “CALIBRATION” menu,


you must first enter the “SERVICE” mode on the
monitor.

3. Enter the service mode. Refer to Testing and


Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the Tool
Control System.

g01223994
Illustration 176
Typical example of the “CALIBRATIONS” screen

6. After the OK key is pressed the “CALIBRATIONS”


screen will appear. From the “CALIBRATIONS”
menu, highlight “FLOW LIMIT VALVE”.
g01199794 7. When the “FLOW LIMIT VALVE” option is
Illustration 175
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor highlighted, press the OK key (8).

4. From the “SERVICE” menu, use the up key (1) or


the down key (6) in order to move the highlighted
line.

5. When the “CALIBRATIONS” menu option is


highlighted, press the OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 209
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01223996 g01200825
Illustration 177 Illustration 178
“CALIBRATION TITLE” screen
8. After the OK key is pressed the “FLOW LIMIT (L) Lower limit
VALVE” menu will appear. From this menu, the (U) Upper limit
following options are available: (C) Current value
(S) “STEP No:”
• “FLOW LIMIT PRES”
10. After the OK key is pressed, the “CALIBRATION
• “2PUMP FLOW LIMIT” TITLE” screen will appear. Refer to Illustration
178. The “CALIBRATION TITLE” screen allows
• “1PUMP FLOW LIMIT” the upper limitation and the lower limitation to be
set.
9. From the “FLOW LIMIT VALVE” menu, highlight
the “2PUMP FLOW LIMIT” option. When “2PUMP Note: The title of the calibration and the name of
FLOW LIMIT” option is highlighted, press the OK the step will change in accordance to the procedure
key (8). that is being performed. “CALIBRATION TITLE” and
“STEP NAME” are used in this document as an
example.

Note: In the “CALIBRATION TITLE” screen, “STEP


No” is displayed in blue. The “OPERATIONAL
GUIDANCE” will be displayed in green.

11. The following procedure describes calibration of


the monitor.

a. Perform the “2PUMP FLOW -MAX” calibration


first.

b. Press the device for activation 3 times and


release the device for activation 3 times.

c. Press and hold the device for activation to


the OPERATING position during calibration.
Press the OK key (8).
210 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: Pressing the device for activation three times Note: If OK key (8) is not pressed, the calibration will
ensures that an accurate reading will result. not be saved.

d. Adjust the setting of the load valve of the


flow meter (34) and observe pressure gauge
(42). Adjust the setting until the “INDICATED
PRESSURE” from Table 24 is achieved.

Pump pressure is affected by the flow and the


open rate of the load valve on the flow meter
(34). The load valve on the flow meter (34)
must be adjusted when a change of calibration
is made. When you adjust the calibration value
and the open rate of the load valve on the flow
meter (34), always return the tool to the neutral
position and repeat the calibration.

If the flow is not within the proper specifications,


the machine must be adjusted. Proceed to
Steps 11.e through 11.j.

e. Release the device for activation. DO NOT


change the setting of the load valve on the
flow meter.

f. Press the right key (2) in order to increase


the value or press the left key (5) in order to
decrease the value.

g. Press and release the device for activation 3


times.

h. Press and hold the device for activation.

i. If the “INDICATED PRESSURE”, that is found


in Table 24, is out of the proper range, adjust
the load valve on the flow meter (34) until the
pressure gauge (42) indicates the value in
Table 24.

j. Refer to Table 24 and observe the flow meter


in order to verify that the flow rate is within the
proper specification.

k. Tune the flow to the “TARGET VALUE” that is


located in Table 24.

l. Repeat Step 11.e through Step 11.k until the


flow rate in Step 11.k is obtained with no
adjustment of the monitor or the load valve for
several repetitions.

Note: Hold the device for activation in the


“OPERATION” position for a few seconds in order
to allow the hydraulic system to stabilize before
repeating the Steps.

m. When the reading is within the proper range,


continue to hold the device for activation in the
OPERATION position and press the OK key (8)
in order to set the value.
RENR7389-19 211
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 24
ITEM FOR CALIBRATION DISPLAY Use information TARGET VALUE MEASURING
that pertains to POINT
the calibration
that is being
performed.
“SYSTEM 3, 13, 2 PUMP FLOW MAX FLOW 200 ± 2 L/min FLOW METER
14, 16, 17, 18” (52.8 ± .5 US
Use the gpm)
highlighted
information for INDICATED 16000 kPa PRESSURE (42)
320D, 321D CR, calibration with a PRESSURE (2321 psi)
323D, 324D pressure gauge MIN FLOW 120 ± 2 L/min FLOW METER
and a flow meter. (31.7 ± 0.5 US
gpm)
INDICATED 16000 kPa PRESSURE (42)
PRESSURE (2321 psi)
“SYSTEM 3, 13, 2 PUMP FLOW MAX FLOW 220 ± 2 L/min FLOW METER
14, 16, 17, 18” (58 ± .5 US gpm)
Use the
highlighted INDICATED 16000 kPa PRESSURE (42)
325D, 328D CR, information for PRESSURE (2321 psi)
329D calibration with a MIN FLOW 140 ± 2 L/min FLOW METER
pressure gauge (37 ± 0.5 US gpm)
and a flow meter.
INDICATED 16000 kPa PRESSURE (42)
PRESSURE (2321 psi)
“SYSTEM 3, 13, 2 PUMP FLOW MAX FLOW 300 ± 2 L/min FLOW METER
14, 16, 17, 18” (79.3 ± .5 US
Use the gpm)
highlighted
information for INDICATED 16000 kPa PRESSURE (42)
calibration with a PRESSURE (2321 psi)
330D, 336D
pressure gauge MIN FLOW 200 ± 2 L/min FLOW METER
and a flow meter. (52.8 ± 0.5 US
gpm)
INDICATED 16000 kPa PRESSURE (42)
PRESSURE (2321 psi)

12. When the calibration for “MAX” flow is completed, (Table 25, contd)
calibrate “MIN” flow. Repeat Steps 11.b through Error Description of Event
11.m for the “MIN” flow.
$0006 Calibration Aborted by
The “2PUMP FLOW” calibration is now complete. Tool/Monitor
It is possible for an error to occur when you are $0007 Requested Display Not
calibrating. Table 25 gives some of the errors that Supported
may occur.
$0008 Unavailable Display
Table 25 $0009 Calibration Aborted by ECM
Error Description of Event
$000A Calibration Failure
$0001 ECM Fault
$000B Calibration Not Supported
$0002 Active Diagnostic Present
$0100 Out-of-Range Low -
$0003 Another Calibration is Incr/Decr Parameter
Active
$0101 Out-of-Range High -
$0004 Calibration Active by Incr/Decr Parameter
Another ECM
$0102 Invalid Action/Key Stroke
$0005 Loss of Calibration Interlock Command
(continued) (continued)
212 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 25, contd) 3. Before the adjustment procedure begins, lower


Error Description of Event the work tool to the ground.

$0103 Calibration Value 4. Close the stop valves that are mounted on each
Out-of-Range side of the stick in order to prevent oil flow to the
$0104 Calibration Range Too work tool during this procedure.
Small
5. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
$0105 Calibration Range Too Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Large
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
$0106 Calibration Value Not Saved
$1000 See Service Manual
$1010 Engine Stopped (No Engine
RPM)
$1011 Engine Running (Engine
RPM Present)
$1012 Engine RPM Incorrect
$1013 Engine High Idle RPM Too
Fast
$1014 Engine Low Idle RPM Too
Slow
$1015 Abnormal Engine RPM Illustration 179
g01947613
Signal
320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, and 329D pump compartment (top view)
$1016 Speed Sensor Circuit Is (38) Pressure tap for the proportional solenoid valve for negative
Open flow control (idler pump)
(39) Pressure tap for the proportional solenoid valve for negative
$1017 Service Brake Pedal flow control (drive pump)
Pressed
$1018 Parking Brake Not Engaged
$1019 Parking Brake Engaged
$101A Implement is Swinging/
Travelling
$101B Machine Speed Not Zero

Calibration with a Pressure Gauge


Note: There are two methods for calibrating the
proportional solenoid valve for negative flow control.
One method, which uses a flow meter and a pressure
gauge, is more accurate. The method that is listed Illustration 180
g01946568
below uses only a pressure gauge. This method for
321D CR and 328D CR pump compartment (top view)
calibrating the proportional solenoid valve is less
accurate. This method should be used only when a (38) Pressure tap for the proportional solenoid valve for negative
flow control (idler pump)
flow meter is not available. (39) Pressure tap for the proportional solenoid valve for negative
flow control (drive pump)
Note: When additional safety is needed on machines
that are equipped with a swing brake solenoid,
disconnect the swing brake solenoid so that the
swing brake remains engaged.

1. Be sure to select a work tool that provides two


pump flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work
Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System.

2. Position the machine on level ground and stop the


engine.
RENR7389-19 213
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01947614 g01197980
Illustration 181 Illustration 183
330D and 336D pump compartment (top view) Buttons for controlling the monitor
(38) Pressure tap for the proportional solenoid valve for negative (1) Up key
flow control (idler pump) (2) Right key
(39) Pressure tap for the proportional solenoid valve for negative (3) Home key
flow control (drive pump) (4) Main menu key
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
6. Attach a 4900 kPa (750 psi) pressure gauge to the
(7) Cancel key
pressure tap for the proportional solenoid valve for (8) OK key
negative flow control (38).
a. From the default screen, press the main menu
key (4).

b. From the “MAIN MENU” screen, use the right


key (2) to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
g01135136 continue to the “SERVICE” screen.
Illustration 182
(A) Auto switch e. After the password has been entered the
“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
7. Place the backup switch in the AUTO position. Illustration 184.
When AEC is active, the lamp above the auto
switch will illuminate. Refer to Illustration 182.

8. Start the engine.

9. Move the engine speed dial to position 10.

10. Raise the oil temperature to 50° ± 5°C (122° F).

11. Verify that the pilot pressure is set to the


specifications that are in Testing and Adjusting,
“Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test and Adjust” for the
machine.

12. Ensure that a “TOOL#” is selected.

13. Enter the “SERVICE” mode on the monitor. Use


the following procedure to access the “SERVICE”
mode.
214 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01199794 g01223994
Illustration 184 Illustration 185
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
16. When the “FLOW LIMIT VALVE” option is
14. From the “SERVICE” menu, use the up key (1) or highlighted, press the OK key (8).
the down key (6) in order to move the highlighted
line.

15. When the “CALIBRATIONS” menu option is


highlighted, press the OK key (8).

g01224194
Illustration 186
RENR7389-19 215
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. After the OK key is pressed the “FLOW LIMIT Note: In the “CALIBRATION TITLE” screen,
VALVE” menu will appear. From this menu, the “STEP No” is displayed in blue. The “OPERATION
following options are available: GUIDANCE” will be displayed in green. Perform the
following operation for each “STEP No”.
• “FLOW LIMIT PRES”
• “2PUMP FLOW LIMIT”
• “1PUMP FLOW LIMIT”
Refer to Illustration 186.

18. From the “FLOW LIMIT VALVE” menu, highlight


the “FLOW LIMIT PRES” option. When “FLOW
LIMIT PRES” option is highlighted, press the OK
key (8).

g01200825
Illustration 187
“CALIBRATION TITLE” screen
(L) Lower limit
(U) Upper limit
(C) Current value
(S) “STEP No:”

19. After the OK key is pressed, the “CALIBRATION


TITLE” screen allows the upper limitation and the
lower limitation to be set. Refer to Illustration 187.

Note: The title of the calibration and the name of


the step will change in accordance to the procedure
that is being performed. “CALIBRATION TITLE” and
“STEP NAME” are used in this document as an
example.
216 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01224203
Illustration 188
Illustration 188 displays the current value of pump 1 and pump 2.

20. Operate the joystick to the STICK IN position.


When the stick is in the STICK IN position, the
hydraulic cylinder that controls the stick will be
fully extended. Press the OK key (8).

g01224206
Illustration 189
RENR7389-19 217
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

22. While the stick is in the STICK IN position, activate


the work tool. Observe the pressure on the gauge.

23. Use the left key (5) or the right key (2) to adjust
the current level. Tune the machine to the “LOW
PRESSURE” value that is located under “TARGET
VALUE” that is found in table 24.

24. When the desired value is achieved, press the OK


key (8). The monitor will automatically begin the
steps that are necessary to calibrate the “MAX”
flow.

g01224207
Illustration 190

21. After the OK key is pressed, resume operation of


the joystick to the STICK IN position. Hold the stick
in the STICK IN position during the calibration.

g01224223
Illustration 192

25. Move the joystick to the STICK IN position. When


the stick is in the STICK IN position, the hydraulic
cylinder which controls the stick will be fully
extended. Press the OK key (8).

26. After the OK key is pressed, resume operation of


the joystick to the STICK IN position. Hold the stick
in the STICK IN position during the calibration.

g01224218
Illustration 191
218 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01224225 g01224227
Illustration 193 Illustration 194

27. While the stick is in the STICK IN position, activate 29. When the desired value is achieved, press the OK
the work tool. Observe the pressure on the gauge. key (8). After the OK key is pressed, the monitor
will automatically display the “SUCCEEDED”
28. Use the left key (5) or the right key (2) to adjust screen.
the current level. Tune the pressure to the “HIGH
PRESSURE” value that is located under “TARGET 30. After completion of the calibration, press the
VALUE” that is found in Table 24. cancel key (7) in order to exit the program.

31. It is possible for an error to occur during the


calibration of the monitor. In case an error occurs,
a screen with active errors will appear. If an screen
of errors should appear, the calibration will fail
and any set values that were achieved will be
lost. Recalibrate the monitor. Refer to Table 26 for
examples of possible errors.

Table 26
Error Description of Event
$0001 ECM Fault
$0002 Active Diagnostic Present
$0003 Another Calibration is
Active
$0004 Calibration Active by
Another ECM
$0005 Loss of Calibration Interlock
$0006 Calibration Aborted by
Tool/Monitor
(continued)
RENR7389-19 219
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 26, contd) S/N: GPB1-Up


Error Description of Event S/N: LAB1-Up
$0007 Requested Display Not
Supported S/N: MNB1-Up

$0008 Unavailable Display S/N: XDB1-Up


$0009 Calibration Aborted by ECM S/N: ZGB1-Up
$000A Calibration Failure S/N: BFC1-Up
$000B Calibration Not Supported
S/N: EJC1-Up
$0100 Out-of-Range Low -
Incr/Decr Parameter S/N: GBC1-Up
$0101 Out-of-Range High - S/N: HJC1-Up
Incr/Decr Parameter
S/N: RAC1-Up
$0102 Invalid Action/Key Stroke
Command S/N: SDC1-Up
$0103 Calibration Value S/N: WGC1-Up
Out-of-Range
$0104 Calibration Range Too S/N: CYD1-Up
Small
S/N: NBD1-Up
$0105 Calibration Range Too
Large S/N: PBD1-Up
$0106 Calibration Value Not Saved S/N: R2D1-Up
$1000 See Service Manual S/N: SED1-Up
$1010 Engine Stopped (No Engine S/N: T2D1-Up
RPM)
$1011 Engine Running (Engine S/N: YSD1-Up
RPM Present)
S/N: DHE1-Up
$1012 Engine RPM Incorrect
S/N: GGE1-Up
$1013 Engine High Idle RPM Too
Fast S/N: MDE1-Up
$1014 Engine Low Idle RPM Too S/N: NDE1-Up
Slow
S/N: PKE1-Up
$1015 Abnormal Engine RPM
Signal S/N: TAE1-Up
$1016 Speed Sensor Circuit Is
Open S/N: WNE1-Up

$1017 Service Brake Pedal S/N: A6F1-Up


Pressed
S/N: A8F1-Up
$1018 Parking Brake Not Engaged
S/N: A9F1-Up
$1019 Parking Brake Engaged
Implement is Swinging/
S/N: CZF1-Up
$101A
Travelling S/N: J2F1-Up
$101B Machine Speed Not Zero
S/N: JBF1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up
i03630769
S/N: PRF1-Up
Solenoid Valve (Proportional
S/N: SWF1-Up
Reducing) - Calibrate
S/N: ZMF1-Up
SMCS Code: 5479
S/N: CWG1-Up
220 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: JJG1-Up S/N: AZP1-Up


S/N: JLG1-Up S/N: BZP1-Up
S/N: LMG1-Up S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: B6H1-Up S/N: MYP1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up S/N: A3R1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up S/N: GBR1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up S/N: JWR1-Up
S/N: JHJ1-Up S/N: MKR1-Up
S/N: KDJ1-Up S/N: SCR1-Up
S/N: THJ1-Up S/N: DTS1-Up
S/N: BTK1-Up S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up S/N: NES1-Up
S/N: ERK1-Up S/N: RAS1-Up
S/N: FXK1-Up S/N: T2S1-Up
S/N: RSK1-Up S/N: YDS1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: XCK1-Up S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: LAL1-Up S/N: WET1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: MCL1-Up S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: PAL1-Up S/N: DKW1-Up
S/N: BYM1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: EBM1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: LRM1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PBM1-Up S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: SYM1-Up S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: TPM1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: ERN1-Up S/N: SCY1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up S/N: T2Y1-Up
S/N: PPN1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up S/N: KBZ1-Up
RENR7389-19 221
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Use the following information in order to calibrate the


solenoid valves for the attachment control valves.
Refer to Table 27 in order to identify the solenoid
valves for the appropriate tool control system.

Table 27
Identification of Solenoid Valves
Proportional Reducing
Tool Control System
Solenoid Valve
System 3, 5, 13, 14,
“A1 EXTEND”
16, 17 and 18
System 5, 13, 14, 17
“A1 RETRACT”
and 18
System 3, 13, 14, 16,
“A2 EXTEND”
17 and 18
System 13, 14, 17 and 18 “A2 RETRACT”
“A3 EXTEND”
Medium Pressure
“A3 RETRACT”
g01836954
Illustration 196
Pump compartment
(9) Manifold for the PRV solenoids (Pressure Reducing Valve)
(10) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A2”
(11) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A2”
(12) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A1”
(13) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A1”
(14) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A3”
(15) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A3”

g01197803
Illustration 195
(1) Up key
(2) Right key
(3) Home key
(4) Main menu
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

Note: When additional safety is needed on machines


that are equipped with a swing brake solenoid,
disconnect the swing brake solenoid so that the
swing brake remains engaged.

1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the g01837014


Illustration 197
engine.
320D RR Compartment for swing motor (top view)
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system. (9) Manifold for the PRV solenoids (Pressure Reducing Valve)
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System (10) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A2”
(11) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A2”
Pressure - Release” for the machine. (12) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A1”
(13) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A1”
(14) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A3”
(15) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A3”
222 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

3. Attach a 4000 kPa (580 psi) pressure gauge to the


following pressure taps: (10), (11), (12), and (13)
The pressure taps are located on the manifold
for the PRV solenoids (9). Attach a 4000 kPa
(580 psi) pressure gauge to the following pressure
taps: (14) and (15).

g00994029
g01838193 Illustration 200
Illustration 198
321D CR Compartment for swing motor (top view)
4. Close the stop valves that are mounted on each
(9) Manifold for the PRV solenoids (Pressure Reducing Valve) side of the stick in order to prevent oil flow to the
(10) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A2”
(11) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A2”
work tool during this procedure.
(12) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A1”
(13) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A1” 5. Start the engine.
(14) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A3”
(15) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A3” 6. Move the engine speed dial to position 10.

7. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

8. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

9. Set the main relief valve to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

10. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

11. Set the auxiliary tool mode for two-way flow from
two pumps. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work
Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System.

12. In order to access the “CALIBRATION” menu,


you must first enter the “SERVICE” mode on the
Illustration 199
g01838421 monitor.
328D CR Compartment for swing motor (top view)
13. Enter the service mode. Refer to Testing and
(9) Manifold for the PRV solenoids (Pressure Reducing Valve)
Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the Tool
(10) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A2”
(11) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A2” Control System.
(12) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A1”
(13) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A1”
(14) Pressure tap for retract solenoid “A3”
(15) Pressure tap for extend solenoid “A3”
RENR7389-19 223
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01199794 g01201348
Illustration 201 Illustration 202
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
16. Press down key (6) until “CONTROL VALVE” is
14. Press down key (6) in order to highlight the menu highlighted.
option “CALIBRATIONS”.
17. Press the OK key (8).
15. When the “CALIBRATIONS” menu is highlighted,
press the OK key (8). This will bring up the “CONTROL VALVE” menu.

Calibration of Solenoid Valve for


the Attachment Control Valve
Note: The following procedure is typical for all extend
solenoid valves and retract solenoid valves.
224 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01201644 g01201659
Illustration 203 Illustration 204

1. Within the “CONTROL VALVE” menu, press the 3. The monitor will begin to communicate with the
down key (6) in order to highlight “A1 VALVE ECM. This may take a few moments. When the
EXTEND”. communication link is established, the monitor will
display the calibration screen.
2. When the “A1 VALVE EXTEND” option is
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 225
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200825
Illustration 205
(L) Lower limit
(U) Upper limit
(C) Current Value
(S) “STEP NUMBER” and “STEP NAME”

4. After the OK key is pressed, the “CALIBRATION


TITLE” will appear. The “CALIBRATION TITLE”
screen allows the upper limitation and the lower
limitation to be set. Refer to Illustration 205.

Note: The title of the calibration and the name of


the step will change in accordance to the procedure
that is being performed. “CALIBRATION TITLE” and
“STEP NAME” are used in this document as an
example.

Note: In the “CALIBRATION TITLE” screen,


“STEP No” is displayed in blue. The “OPERATION
GUIDANCE” will be displayed in green.
226 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01201666
Illustration 206

5. When a pressure gauge is connected to the


pressure tap for the extend solenoid, press the
OK key (8).

Note: The “HYD OIL TEMP / ENGINE SPEED”


screens are available during the process of calibration
by pressing the up key (1) or the down key (6).

g01201670
Illustration 207

6. Release all controls. When all controls are in the


neutral position, press the OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 227
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

8. Press the right key (2) in order to increase the


value. Press the left key (5) in order to decrease
the value. Adjust the value until the gauge
pressure is within the specification.

9. Press the device for activation 3 times and release


the device for activation 3 times.

Note: Pressing the device for activation three times


ensures that an accurate reading will result.

10. Press and hold the device for activation to the


FORWARD position. While you hold the device
for activation, verify that the setting is correct. If
the value of the setting is not correct, repeat Step
8 through Step 10.

11. When the value is within the specification, press


the OK key (8).

g01201736
Illustration 208

7. Hold the attachment controls in the FORWARD


position. Press the OK key (8).

g01201744
Illustration 210

12. After the OK key is pressed the monitor will


automatically continue with the tuning of the next
pressure value.

Hold the attachment controls in the FORWARD


position. Press the OK key (8).

g01201674
Illustration 209
228 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01201745 g01201760
Illustration 211 Illustration 212

13. Press the right key (2) in order to increase the 17. Release all controls. When all controls are in the
value. Press the left key (5) in order to decrease neutral position, press the OK key (8).
the value. Adjust the value until the gauge
pressure is within the specification.

14. Press the device for activation 3 times and


release the device for activation 3 times.

Note: Pressing the device for activation three times


ensures that an accurate reading will result.

15. Press and hold the device for activation to the


FORWARD position. While you hold the device for
activation, verify that the setting is correct. If the
value of the setting is not correct, repeat Step 13
through Step 15.

16. When the value is within the specification, press


the OK key (8).

g01201764
Illustration 213
RENR7389-19 229
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

18. The calibration is complete. Press the cancel key S/N: RAC1-Up
(7) in order to exit the process of calibration.
S/N: SDC1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up
S/N: CYD1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: PBD1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up
S/N: SED1-Up
S/N: T2D1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up
S/N: DHE1-Up
S/N: GGE1-Up
S/N: NDE1-Up
S/N: PKE1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up

g01201763
S/N: J2F1-Up
Illustration 214
S/N: JBF1-Up
19. The “ERROR ID” screen will be displayed on
the monitor if an error occurs. The process of S/N: KGF1-Up
calibration will not be saved and the process must
S/N: PRF1-Up
be restarted.
S/N: SWF1-Up
i03630806 S/N: ZMF1-Up
Solenoid Valve (Proportional S/N: CWG1-Up
Reducing) - Calibrate S/N: JJG1-Up
(Number 1 Relief Valve and S/N: JLG1-Up
Number 2 Relief Valve)
S/N: LMG1-Up
SMCS Code: 5479
S/N: MPG1-Up
S/N: GPB1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: LAB1-Up
S/N: B6H1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: ZGB1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: BFC1-Up
S/N: JHJ1-Up
S/N: EJC1-Up
S/N: KDJ1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: THJ1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up
S/N: BTK1-Up
230 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: ERK1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up


S/N: FXK1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: RSK1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up S/N: WET1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: XCK1-Up S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up S/N: DKW1-Up
S/N: LAL1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: MCL1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: PAL1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: BYM1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: EBM1-Up S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: LRM1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: PBM1-Up S/N: SCY1-Up
S/N: SYM1-Up S/N: T2Y1-Up
S/N: TPM1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: ERN1-Up Use the following instructions in order to work in the
S/N: GTN1-Up service mode.

S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: MYP1-Up
S/N: A3R1-Up
S/N: GBR1-Up
g01197980
S/N: JWR1-Up Illustration 215
(1) Up key
S/N: MKR1-Up (2) Right key
(3) Home key
S/N: SCR1-Up (4) Main menu
(5) Left key
S/N: DTS1-Up (6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
S/N: NAS1-Up (8) OK key

S/N: NES1-Up 1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
engine.
S/N: RAS1-Up
S/N: T2S1-Up 2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
S/N: YDS1-Up Pressure - Release” for the machine.
RENR7389-19 231
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

9. Calibrate the proportional solenoid valves for


the work tool. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,
“Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing) -
Calibrate” for the Tool Control System.

10. Perform the calibration for the proportional


solenoid valve for negative flow control. Refer
to Testing and Adjusting, “Solenoid Valve
(Proportional Reducing) - Calibrate (Negative
Flow Control)” for the Tool Control System.

11. Set the auxiliary tool mode for two-way flow from
two pumps. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work
Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System.
g01534994
Illustration 216 12. Enter the service mode. Refer to Testing and
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the Tool
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump ) Control System.
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)

g01240899
Illustration 217
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 40000 kPa


(5800 psi) capacity on pressure tap (11) for the
drive pump.

4. Start the engine.


g01199794
Illustration 218
5. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
6. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test 13. Press down key (6) in order to highlight the menu
and Adjust” for the machine. option “CALIBRATIONS”.

7. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer to 14. When the “CALIBRATIONS” menu is highlighted,
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test press the OK key (8).
and Adjust” for the machine.

8. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to Testing


and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the Machine
Electronic Control System.
232 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200805 g01200806
Illustration 219 Illustration 220

15. Press down key (6) in order to highlight the menu 1. After the OK key is pressed the “RELIEF VALVE”
option “RELIEF VALVE”. menu will appear.

16. When “RELIEF VALVE” is highlighted, press the 2. When the “ATCH #1 RLF VALVE” menu option is
OK key (8). highlighted, press the OK key (8).

“Attachment Relief Valve”


Note: The following procedure is typical for a “ATCH
#1 RLF VALVE” and “ATCH #2 RLF VALVE”.
RENR7389-19 233
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200810 g01200825
Illustration 221 Illustration 222
(L) Lower limit
3. The monitor will begin to communicate with the (U) Upper limit
ECM. This may take a few moments. When the (C) Current value
(S) “STEP NUMBER” and the “STEP NAME”
communication link is established, the monitor will
display the calibration screen.
4. After the OK key is pressed, the “CALIBRATION
TITLE” will appear. The “CALIBRATION TITLE”
screen allows the upper limitation and the lower
limitation to be set. Refer to Illustration 222.

Note: The title of the calibration and the name of


the step will change in accordance to the procedure
that is being performed. “CALIBRATION TITLE” and
“STEP NAME” are used in this document as an
example.

Note: In the “CALIBRATION TITLE” screen,


“STEP No” is displayed in blue. The “OPERATION
GUIDANCE” will be displayed in green.
234 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200833
Illustration 223

5. When a pressure gauge is connected to the


pressure tap (drive pump) (9), press “OK” key (8).

Note: The “HYD OIL TEMP / ENGINE SPEED”


screens are available during the process of calibration
by pressing the up key (1) or the down key (6).

g01200867
Illustration 224

6. Hold the attachment controls in the FORWARD


position. Press the OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 235
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01427526 g01200889
Illustration 225 Illustration 226

7. Press the right key (2) in order to increase the 11. After the OK key is pressed the monitor will
value. Press the left key (5) in order to decrease automatically continue with the tuning of the next
the value. Adjust the value until the gauge pressure value.
pressure is within the specification.
Hold the attachment controls in the FORWARD
8. Press the device for activation 3 times and release position. Press the OK key (8).
the device for activation 3 times.

Note: Pressing the device for activation three times


ensures that an accurate reading will result.

9. Press and hold the device for activation to the


FORWARD position. While you hold the device
for activation, verify that the setting is correct. If
the value of the setting is not correct, repeat Step
6 through Step 9.

10. When the value is within the specification, press


the OK key (8).
236 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01427530 g01200892
Illustration 227 Illustration 228

12. Press the right key (2) in order to increase the 16. Release all controls. When all controls are in the
value. Press the left key (5) in order to decrease neutral position, press the OK key (8).
the value. Adjust the value until the gauge
pressure is within the specification.

13. Press the device for activation 3 times and


release the device for activation 3 times.

Note: Pressing the device for activation three times


ensures that an accurate reading will result.

14. Press and hold the device for activation to the


FORWARD position. While you hold the device for
activation, verify that the setting is correct. If the
value of the setting is not correct, repeat Step 12
through Step 14.

15. When the value is within the specification, press


the OK key (8).

g01200894
Illustration 229
RENR7389-19 237
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. The calibration is complete. Press the cancel key


(7) in order to exit the process of calibration.

g01200896
Illustration 230

18. The “ERROR ID” screen will be displayed on


the monitor if an error occurs. The process of
calibration will not be saved and the process must
be restarted.
238 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 1: One-Way/One S/N: DTZ1-Up

Pump S/N: KBZ1-Up

Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown


i03296087 in the tables do not affect the operation of the work
tool.
System 1: Default Value of
Work Tool Parameters Table 28 contains parameters for “TOOL#1” through
“TOOL#5”. Table 29 contains parameters for
SMCS Code: 5000 “TOOL#6” through “TOOL#10”.

S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: DFP1-Up
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
RENR7389-19 239
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 28
DISPLAY “TOOL #1” “TOOL #2” “TOOL #3” “TOOL #4” “TOOL #5”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F
“COMBINER ENABLE” DISABLED DISABLED ENABLED DISABLED DISABLED
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 FLOW” 160 160 160 160 160
Flow setting of the attachment valve A1
180 180 180 180 180
325D, 328D 325D, 328D 325D, 328D 325D, 328D 325D, 328D
and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D
225 225 225 225 225
330D and 330D and 330D and 330D and 330D and
336D 336D 336D 336D 336D
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Additional oil flow for the A1 circuit
“A1 NOMINAL PRES” 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
Normal working pressure for the A1
circuit
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
“A2 EXTND MAX PRES” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 2 attachment valve
“A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 2 attachment
valve
“A2 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 2 attachment
valve
240 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 29
DISPLAY “TOOL #6” “TOOL #7” “TOOL #8” “TOOL #9” “TOOL #10”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F
“COMBINER ENABLE” DISABLED DISABLED ENABLED DISABLED DISABLED
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 FLOW” 160 160 160 160 160
Flow setting of the attachment valve A1
180 180 180 180 180
325D, 328D 325D, 328D 325D, 328D 325D, 328D 325D, 328D
and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D
225 225 225 225 225
330D and 330D and 330D and 330D and 330D and
336D 336D 336D 336D 336D
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Additional oil flow for the A1 circuit
“A1 NOMINAL PRES” 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
Normal working pressure for the A1
circuit
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
“A2 EXTND MAX PRES” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 2 attachment valve
“A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 2 attachment
valve
“A2 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 2 attachment
valve

i03296094 S/N: MND1-Up


System 1: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: NBD1-Up
Test and Adjust S/N: TAE1-Up
(Tool Relief Valve) S/N: A6F1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: A8F1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: A9F1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: KGF1-Up
RENR7389-19 241
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
g01197980
Illustration 231
S/N: DFP1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: JAT1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
S/N: KKT1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: MDT1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: PGW1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: YFW1-Up engine.
S/N: CJX1-Up
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
S/N: EDX1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up

Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve


pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” Illustration 232
g01534994
for the machine.
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
242 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 234.

g01240884
Note: For more detailed steps with entering
Illustration 233 passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump ) Tool Control System.
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.

5. Start the engine.

6. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

9. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

10. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to Illustration 234


g01200022
Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
Machine Electronic Control System.

11. Use the following procedure to access the 12. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. the menu options.

a. From the default screen, press the main menu 13. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
key (4). press the OK key (8).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 243
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200028 g01200030
Illustration 235 Illustration 236

14. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST” 17. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
menu should appear. value of the power shift pressure.

15. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through 18. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
the menu options. value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power
16. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is shift pressure.
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected
to the pressure tap for power shift pressure (11).
The actual power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa
(420 psi) on the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start
switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for additional information on Service Mode.
244 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise


increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.

Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on


pressure rise.

Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service


Mode.

Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the


specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
g01199900
the main relief valve pressure setting.
Illustration 237
Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw

Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during


this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
valves in the lines for the work tool.

Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve


for the Tool Relief Valve
1. Select a work tool for one-way flow from two
pumps. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work Tool
- Select” for the Tool Control System.

2. To adjust the pressure setting of the line relief


valve (14) for the work tool, press the device for
activation for this position. Hold the device for
activation in this position.

Note: Relief action of the relief valve for more


than ten seconds is not allowed.

3. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive


pump's pressure tap (9).

4. Return the device for activation to the NEUTRAL


position.

5. Compare the pressure reading to the specification


21000 ± 500 kPa (3050 ± 73 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
is not within the specification, then proceed to
Step 6.

6. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve (14)


for the work tool. Turn adjustment screw (13) until
the pressure gauge reading at pressure tap (9) is
21000 ± 500 kPa (3050 ± 73 psi).

7. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,


tighten locknut (12).
RENR7389-19 245
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 2: Combined S/N: KLM1-Up

Function S/N: DFP1-Up


S/N: BYS1-Up
i03296100
S/N: JAT1-Up
System 2: Default Value of S/N: JBT1-Up
Work Tool Parameters S/N: KKT1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: MZD1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: KBE1-Up S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: PBE1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: KBZ1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up
Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown
S/N: DJF1-Up in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

S/N: KGF1-Up Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.
S/N: KZF1-Up
S/N: NZF1-Up Table 30 shows some of the approved Caterpillar
work tools that are used.
S/N: PRF1-Up
Table 31 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through
S/N: MGG1-Up “TOOL#5”.
S/N: DBH1-Up
Table 32 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through
S/N: EAH1-Up “TOOL#10”.

S/N: TDH1-Up Note: Refer to the specific machine model for


additional parameters.
S/N: FFK1-Up
S/N: GPK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: MPL1-Up
S/N: TZL1-Up
246 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 30
SYSTEM 2
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 2“TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way “TOOL#1”“TOOL#2”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way “TOOL#3”, “TOOL#4”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”
“Thumb” 2 Way “TOOL#1”“TOOL#2”

Table 31
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” 1P 1WAY 2P 1WAY 1P 2WAY 2P 2WAY 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING HYD 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for “COMBINER “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “DISABLE”
two pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 247
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 31, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of
the attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 0
of the number
1 attachment 160.0 160.0 160.0 160.0 0
valve 320D and 324D 320D and 320D and 320D and
324D 324D 324D
225.0 225.0 225.0 225.0 0
330D and 336D 330D and 330D and 330D and
336D 336D 336D
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
(continued)
248 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 31, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number
2 attachment
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 249
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 31, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
2 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve

Table 32
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
(continued)
250 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 32, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING HYD 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for “COMBINER “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE”
two pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
(continued)
RENR7389-19 251
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 32, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of
the attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0 0 0 0 0
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number
1 attachment
valve
(continued)
252 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 32, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD 0 0 0 0 0
for the number FLOW”
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX N/A 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES” 0.0
the retraction
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
2 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD 0 0 0 0 0
for the number FLOW”
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
(continued)
RENR7389-19 253
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 32, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve

i03296192 S/N: A8F1-Up


System 2: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: A9F1-Up
Test and Adjust S/N: DJF1-Up
(Line Relief Valves for One-Way S/N: KGF1-Up
Flow) S/N: KZF1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: NZF1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: MGG1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up S/N: DBH1-Up
S/N: MZD1-Up S/N: EAH1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: KBE1-Up S/N: FFK1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up S/N: GPK1-Up
S/N: PBE1-Up S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: FAL1-Up
254 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: MPL1-Up
S/N: TZL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: DFP1-Up
S/N: BYS1-Up
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: JBT1-Up
g01197980
Illustration 238
S/N: KKT1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: MDT1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
S/N: PGW1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: YFW1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: CJX1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: EDX1-Up engine.
S/N: GMX1-Up
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
S/N: EBY1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up

Test for the Line Relief Valve on the


Auxiliary Control Valve
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary Illustration 239
g01534994
setting of the main relief valve in Testing and Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D
Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
the machine. (10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
RENR7389-19 255
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 241.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
machine.

g01240884
Illustration 240
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.

5. Start the engine.

6. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F). Illustration 241


g01200022

Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor


8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test 10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
and Adjust” for the machine. the menu options.
9. Use the following procedure to access the 11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. press the OK key (8).
a. From the default screen, press the main menu
key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.
256 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200028 g01200030
Illustration 242 Illustration 243

12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST” 15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
menu should appear. value of the power shift pressure.

13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through 16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
the menu options. value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power
14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is shift pressure.
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of line relief valves, do not
leave the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” screen, and do
not turn the engine start switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
RENR7389-19 257
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Be sure to select a work tool that provides Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
one-way flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, Mode.
“Work Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System.
Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
valves in the lines for the work tool. Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve
for Auxiliary Control Valve i03296383

1. To adjust the line relief valve for one-way flow,


System 2: Relief Valve (Line) -
push the left pedal FORWARD. Hold the pedal Test and Adjust
in this position.
(Line Relief Valves for Two-Way
2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive Flow)
pump's pressure tap (9).
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9
3. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position.
S/N: MNB1-Up
4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
of 21000 kPa (3046 psi). If the pressure reading S/N: HJC1-Up
is within the specification, no further adjustment is S/N: MND1-Up
necessary. If the pressure reading is not within the
specification, then proceed to Step 5. S/N: MZD1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: KBE1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up
S/N: PBE1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up

Illustration 244
g01199900 S/N: DJF1-Up
Line relief valve (typical example) S/N: KGF1-Up
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw S/N: KZF1-Up

5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for S/N: NZF1-Up
the work tool. The relief valve is located near the S/N: PRF1-Up
boom foot. Turn adjustment screw (13) until the
pressure gauge reading at pressure tap (9) is S/N: MGG1-Up
within the specification.
S/N: DBH1-Up
6. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
tighten locknut (12). S/N: EAH1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise
increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw S/N: FFK1-Up
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.
S/N: GPK1-Up
Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
S/N: WDK1-Up
pressure rise.
S/N: WRK1-Up
258 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: MPL1-Up
S/N: TZL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: DFP1-Up
S/N: BYS1-Up
S/N: JAT1-Up
g01197980
Illustration 245
S/N: JBT1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: KKT1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
S/N: MDT1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: PGW1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: YFW1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: CJX1-Up engine.
S/N: EDX1-Up
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
S/N: GMX1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up

Test for the Line Relief Valve on the


Auxiliary Control Valve
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve Illustration 246
g01534994
pressure is required before any line relief valve
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
setting of the main relief valve in Testing and (9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for (11) Pressure tap (power shift)
the machine.
RENR7389-19 259
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 248.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01240884
Illustration 247
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.

5. Start the engine.

6. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F). Illustration 248


g01200022

Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor


8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine. 10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
the menu options.
9. Use the following procedure to access the
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. 11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
press the OK key (8).
a. From the default screen, press the main menu
key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.
260 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200028 g01200030
Illustration 249 Illustration 250

12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST” 15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
menu should appear. value of the power shift pressure.

13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through 16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
the menu options. value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power
14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is shift pressure.
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start
switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
RENR7389-19 261
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Be sure to select a work tool that provides two


pump flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work
Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System.

18. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during


this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
valves in the lines for the work tool.

Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve


for Auxiliary Control Valve g01199900
Illustration 251
1. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting Line relief valve (Typical example)
of the upper work tool, push the left pedal (12) Locknut
FORWARD. Hold the pedal in this position. (13) Adjustment screw

2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive 10. Loosen locknut (14) on the line relief valve for the
pump's pressure tap (11). work tool. The relief valve is located on the bottom
of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
3. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position. (15) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).
4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure 11. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
reading is within the specification, no further tighten locknut (14).
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
is not within the specification, then proceed to Note: Turning adjustment screw (15) clockwise
Step 5. increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(15) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.
5. Loosen locknut (14) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw pressure rise.
(15) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
Mode.
6. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting
of the lower work tool, push the left pedal Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
BACKWARD. Hold the pedal in this position. specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
7. Check the pressure in the work tool at pressure Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
tap (11). the main relief valve pressure setting.

8. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position.

9. Compare the pressure reading to the specification


37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
not within the specification, then proceed to Step
10.
262 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 3: One-Way/Two S/N: SPN1-Up

Pump S/N: AZP1-Up


S/N: GDP1-Up
i03034804 S/N: JLP1-Up
System 3: Default Value of S/N: MWP1-Up
Work Tool Parameters S/N: A3R1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: SCR1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: ZGB1-Up S/N: YDS1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: JJG1-Up S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: B6H1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up
Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown
S/N: TDH1-Up in the tables do not affect the operation of the work
tool.
S/N: JHJ1-Up
Table 34 contains parameters for “TOOL#1” through
S/N: DHK1-Up “TOOL#5”. Table 35 contains parameters for
S/N: ERK1-Up “TOOL#6” through “TOOL#10”.

S/N: FXK1-Up Table 33 shows some of the approved Caterpillar


work tools that are used.
S/N: RSK1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: XCK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up
RENR7389-19 263
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 33
SYSTEM 3
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 3 “TOOL#s”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”

Table 34

DISPLAY “TOOL #1” “TOOL #2” “TOOL #3” “TOOL #4” “TOOL #5”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” H115 H120C H130 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 80°F 80°F 80°F 126°F 126°F
“COMBINER ENABLE” DISABLED DISABLED ENABLED DISABLED DISABLED
ENABLED ENABLED
320D 320D
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 FLOW” 120 150 200 0.0 0.0
Flow setting of the attachment valve A1
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Additional oil flow for the A1 circuit
“A1 NOMINAL PRES” 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
Normal working pressure for the A1
circuit
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
“A2 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 2 attachment valve
“A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 2 attachment
valve
“A2 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 2 attachment
valve
264 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 35
DISPLAY “TOOL #6” “TOOL #7” “TOOL #8” “TOOL #9” “TOOL #10”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F
“COMBINER ENABLE” DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED
ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
320D 320D 320D 320D 320D
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Flow setting of the attachment valve A1
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Additional oil flow for the A1 circuit
“A1 NOMINAL PRES” 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
Normal working pressure for the A1
circuit
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
“A2 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 2 attachment valve
“A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 2 attachment
valve
“A2 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 2 attachment
valve

i03296430 S/N: MDE1-Up


System 3: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: TAE1-Up
Test and Adjust S/N: A6F1-Up
(Auxiliary Control Valve) S/N: A8F1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: A9F1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: J2F1-Up
S/N: ZGB1-Up S/N: KGF1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: JJG1-Up
RENR7389-19 265
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up


S/N: B6H1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the
S/N: TDH1-Up
Auxiliary Control Valve
S/N: JHJ1-Up
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve is
S/N: DHK1-Up required before any line relief valve pressure setting
is adjusted. Refer to the temporary setting of main
S/N: ERK1-Up relief valve in Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve
S/N: FXK1-Up (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine.

S/N: RSK1-Up Note: A temporary setting of the relief valve for the
work tool is required before the line relief valve for
S/N: W3K1-Up the auxiliary control valve can be adjusted. The
pressure setting for the relief valve for the work tool is
S/N: WDK1-Up 21000 kPa (3046 psi). Make a temporary adjustment
S/N: WRK1-Up of the relief valve for the work tool in order to test the
line relief valve for the auxiliary control valve. Turn
S/N: XCK1-Up the adjustment screw on the relief valve for the work
tool. Turn the adjustment screw about one half turn
S/N: FAL1-Up clockwise in order to make the temporary adjustment.
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: A3R1-Up g01197980
Illustration 252
S/N: SCR1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: NAS1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
S/N: YDS1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: EJT1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: KKT1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: M4T1-Up engine.
S/N: PYT1-Up 2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
S/N: WLT1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: RMX1-Up
266 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01224557 g01211211
Illustration 253 Illustration 255
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D Stop valve
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump ) 5. Close the valves that are mounted on the end of
(11) Pressure tap (power shift) the stick in order to prevent activation of the work
tool.

6. Start the engine.

7. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

8. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

9. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
g01240875
and Adjust” for the machine.
Illustration 254
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D 10. Use the following procedure to access the
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure) “SERVICE” mode of the monitor.
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure) a. From the default screen, press the main menu
key (4).
3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)
capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift. b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.
4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa
(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,
drive pump. press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 256.
RENR7389-19 267
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01200028
Illustration 257

13. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”


menu should appear.
g01200022
Illustration 256
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
14. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
the menu options.
11. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
the menu options. 15. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
12. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
press the OK key (8).
268 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

19. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

20. The pressure setting for the top line relief valve
for the auxiliary control valve is 36800 ± 1500 kPa
(5340 ± 220 psi).

g01199900
Illustration 259
Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw

g01200030
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
Illustration 258 Mode.
16. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
value of the power shift pressure. Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve
for Auxiliary Control Valve
17. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key 1. In order to adjust the line relief valve pressure
(5) in order to increase the value of the power setting of the upper work tool, push the foot switch.
shift pressure. Hold the foot switch in this position.
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the 2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing pump's pressure tap (11).
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). 3. Return the foot switch to the NEUTRAL position.

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the 4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
monitor may not always match the pressure reading 36800 ± 1470 kPa (5340 ± 220 psi). If the pressure
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the reading is within the specification, no further
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to is not within the specification, then proceed to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual Step 5.
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge. 5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the (13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start tap (11) is 36800 ± 1470 kPa (5340 ± 220 psi).
switch to the OFF position.
6. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring tighten locknut (12).
System” for additional information on Service Mode.
7. Return the main relief valve . Refer to Testing and
18. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - for the machine.
Test and Adjust” for the machine.
RENR7389-19 269
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

8. Return the line relief valve for the work tool to S/N: SPN1-Up
21000 kPa (3046 psi).
S/N: AZP1-Up

i03296431 S/N: GDP1-Up

System 3: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: JLP1-Up


Test and Adjust S/N: MWP1-Up
(Tool Relief Valve) S/N: A3R1-Up

SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: SCR1-Up

S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: NAS1-Up

S/N: ZGB1-Up S/N: YDS1-Up

S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up

S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up

S/N: MDE1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up

S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up

S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up

S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up

S/N: A9F1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up

S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up

S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up

S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: PHX1-Up

S/N: JJG1-Up S/N: RMX1-Up

S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up

S/N: B6H1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up

S/N: MCH1-Up Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve


pressure is required before any line relief valve
S/N: TDH1-Up pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
S/N: JHJ1-Up setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
S/N: DHK1-Up for the machine.
S/N: ERK1-Up
S/N: FXK1-Up
S/N: RSK1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: XCK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up
270 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01197980 g01240884
Illustration 260 Illustration 262
(1) Up key Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(2) Right key
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(3) Home key
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(4) Main menu key
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key 3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)
(8) OK key capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the 4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa
engine. (8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System 5. Start the engine.
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
6. Place the machine controls at the following
settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

9. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test
g01534994 and Adjust” for the machine.
Illustration 261
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D 10. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump ) Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump ) Machine Electronic Control System.
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
11. Use the following procedure to access the
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor.

a. From the default screen, press the main menu


key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 271
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 263.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01200028
Illustration 264

14. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”


menu should appear.

15. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.

16. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is


highlighted, press the OK key (8).

g01200022
Illustration 263
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor

12. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.

13. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).
272 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01199900
Illustration 266
Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw

Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during


this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
valves in the lines for the work tool.

Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve


for the Tool Relief Valve
g01200030
Illustration 265 1. Select a work tool for one-way flow from two
pumps. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work Tool
17. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the - Select” for the Tool Control System.
value of the power shift pressure.
2. To adjust the pressure setting of the line relief
18. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the valve (14) for the work tool, press the device for
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key activation for this position. Hold the device for
(5) in order to increase the value of the power activation in this position.
shift pressure.
Note: Relief action of the relief valve for more
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the than ten seconds is not allowed.
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power 3. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). pump's pressure tap (9).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the 4. Return the device for activation to the NEUTRAL
monitor may not always match the pressure reading position.
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is 5. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected 21000 ± 500 kPa (3050 ± 73 psi). If the pressure
to the pressure tap for power shift pressure (11). reading is within the specification, no further
The actual power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
(420 psi) on the pressure gauge. is not within the specification, then proceed to
Step 6.
Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure
during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the 6. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve (14)
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start for the work tool. Turn adjustment screw (13) until
switch to the OFF position. the pressure gauge reading at pressure tap (9) is
21000 ± 500 kPa (3050 ± 73 psi).
Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring
System” for additional information on Service Mode. 7. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
tighten locknut (12).
RENR7389-19 273
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise


increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.

Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on


pressure rise.

Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service


Mode.

Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the


specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.
274 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 3 Prime: S/N: KLM1-Up

One-Way/Two Pump S/N: JTN1-Up


S/N: TSN1-Up
i04406470 S/N: DFP1-Up
System 3 Prime: Default Value S/N: JZR1-Up
of Work Tool Parameters S/N: BYS1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: JBT1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: MZD1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: KBE1-Up S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PBE1-Up S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: DJF1-Up S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: KBZ1-Up
S/N: KZF1-Up
Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown
S/N: NZF1-Up in the tables do not affect the operation of the work
tool.
S/N: PRF1-Up
Table 36 contains parameters for “TOOL#1” through
S/N: MGG1-Up “TOOL#5”. Table 37 contains parameters for
S/N: DBH1-Up “TOOL#6” through “TOOL#10”.

S/N: EAH1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: FFK1-Up
S/N: GPK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: MPL1-Up
S/N: TZL1-Up
RENR7389-19 275
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 36
DISPLAY “TOOL #1” “TOOL #2” “TOOL #3” “TOOL #4” “TOOL #5”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F
“COMBINER ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 FLOW” 160 160 160 160 160
Flow setting of the attachment valve A1
180 180 180 180 180
325D, 328D, 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D,
and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D
225 225 225 225 225
330D,336D, 330D,336D, 330D,336D, 330D,336D, 330D,336D,
and 340D and 340D and 340D and 340D and 340D
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Additional oil flow for the A1 circuit
“A1 NOMINAL PRES” 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
Normal working pressure for the A1
circuit
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”

“A2 EXTND MAX PRES” 0 0 0 0 0


Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 2 attachment valve
“A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 2 attachment
valve
“A2 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 2 attachment
valve
276 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 37
DISPLAY “TOOL #6” “TOOL #7” “TOOL #8” “TOOL #9” “TOOL #10”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F
“COMBINER ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 FLOW” 160 160 160 160 160
Flow setting of the attachment valve A1
180 180 180 180 180
325D, 328D, 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D,
and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D
225 225 225 225 225
330D,336D, 330D,336D, 330D,336D, 330D,336D, 330D,336D,
and 340D and 340D and 340D and 340D and 340D
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Additional oil flow for the A1 circuit
“A1 NOMINAL PRES” 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
Normal working pressure for the A1
circuit
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
“A2 EXTND MAX PRES” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 2 attachment valve
“A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 2 attachment
valve
“A2 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 2 attachment
valve

i03296444 S/N: MND1-Up


System 3 Prime: Relief Valve S/N: MZD1-Up
(Line) - Test and Adjust S/N: NBD1-Up
(Tool Relief Valve) S/N: KBE1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: MDE1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: PBE1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: TAE1-Up
RENR7389-19 277
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up


S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: DJF1-Up S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: KBZ1-Up
S/N: KZF1-Up Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
pressure is required before any line relief valve
S/N: NZF1-Up
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
S/N: PRF1-Up setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
S/N: MGG1-Up for the machine.
S/N: DBH1-Up
S/N: EAH1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: FFK1-Up
S/N: GPK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up Illustration 267
g01197980

S/N: GKL1-Up (1) Up key


(2) Right key
S/N: MPL1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
(5) Left key
S/N: TZL1-Up (6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
S/N: KLM1-Up (8) OK key

S/N: JTN1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: TSN1-Up engine.

S/N: DFP1-Up 2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.


Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
S/N: JZR1-Up Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: BYS1-Up
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: JBT1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
278 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

9. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

10. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

11. Use the following procedure to access the


“SERVICE” mode of the monitor.

a. From the default screen, press the main menu


key (4).

g01534994
b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
Illustration 268 to scroll through the menu options.
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump ) c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump ) press the OK key (8).
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the
password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 270.

g01240884 Note: For more detailed steps with entering


Illustration 269
passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump ) Tool Control System.
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.

5. Start the engine.

6. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.
RENR7389-19 279
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200022 g01200028
Illustration 270 Illustration 271
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
14. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”
12. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through menu should appear.
the menu options.
15. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
13. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted, the menu options.
press the OK key (8).
16. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
280 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01199900
Illustration 273
Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw

Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during


this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
valves in the lines for the work tool.

Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve


for the Tool Relief Valve
g01200030
Illustration 272 1. Select a work tool for one-way flow from two
pumps. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work Tool
17. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the - Select” for the Tool Control System.
value of the power shift pressure.
2. To adjust the pressure setting of the line relief
18. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the valve (14) for the work tool, press the device for
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key activation for this position. Hold the device for
(5) in order to increase the value of the power activation in this position.
shift pressure.
Note: Relief action of the relief valve for more
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the than ten seconds is not allowed.
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power 3. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). pump's pressure tap (9).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the 4. Return the device for activation to the NEUTRAL
monitor may not always match the pressure reading position.
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is 5. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected 21000 ± 500 kPa (3050 ± 73 psi). If the pressure
to the pressure tap for power shift pressure (11). reading is within the specification, no further
The actual power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
(420 psi) on the pressure gauge. is not within the specification, then proceed to
Step 6.
Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure
during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the 6. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve (14)
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start for the work tool. Turn adjustment screw (13) until
switch to the OFF position. the pressure gauge reading at pressure tap (9) is
21000 ± 500 kPa (3050 ± 73 psi).
Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring
System” for additional information on Service Mode. 7. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
tighten locknut (12).
RENR7389-19 281
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise S/N: FFK1-Up


increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure. S/N: GPK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
pressure rise. S/N: WRK1-Up

Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service S/N: FAL1-Up


Mode.
S/N: GKL1-Up
Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the S/N: MPL1-Up
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief S/N: TZL1-Up
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting. S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: JTN1-Up
i03296460
S/N: TSN1-Up
System 3 Prime: Relief Valve S/N: DFP1-Up
(Line) - Test and Adjust
S/N: JZR1-Up
(Auxiliary Control Valve)
S/N: BYS1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: JBT1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up
S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: MZD1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: KBE1-Up
S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: MDE1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PBE1-Up
S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up
S/N: JFZ1-Up
S/N: DJF1-Up
S/N: JGZ1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up
S/N: KZF1-Up
S/N: NZF1-Up Test for the Line Relief Valve on the
S/N: PRF1-Up
Auxiliary Control Valve
S/N: MGG1-Up Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve is
required before any line relief valve pressure setting
S/N: DBH1-Up is adjusted. Refer to the temporary setting of main
relief valve in Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve
S/N: EAH1-Up (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine.
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
282 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: A temporary setting of the relief valve for the


work tool is required before the line relief valve for
the auxiliary control valve can be adjusted. The
pressure setting for the relief valve for the work tool is
21000 kPa (3046 psi). Make a temporary adjustment
of the relief valve for the work tool in order to test the
line relief valve for the auxiliary control valve. Turn
the adjustment screw on the relief valve for the work
tool. Turn the adjustment screw about one half turn
clockwise in order to make the temporary adjustment.

g01240875
Illustration 276
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


Illustration 274
g01197980 (8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
(1) Up key
drive pump.
(2) Right key
(3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the


engine.

2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.


Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.

g01211211
Illustration 277
Stop valve

5. Close the valves that are mounted on the end of


the stick in order to prevent activation of the work
tool.

6. Start the engine.

7. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
g01224557
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
Illustration 275 machine for engine rpm settings.
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump ) 8. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift) 9. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.
RENR7389-19 283
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

10. Use the following procedure to access the 12. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. press the OK key (8).

a. From the default screen, press the main menu


key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 278.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.
g01200028
Illustration 279

13. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”


menu should appear.

14. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.

15. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is


highlighted, press the OK key (8).

g01200022
Illustration 278
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor

11. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.
284 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

19. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

20. The pressure setting for the top line relief valve
for the auxiliary control valve is 36800 ± 1500 kPa
(5340 ± 220 psi).

g01199900
Illustration 281
Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw

g01200030
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
Illustration 280 Mode.
16. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
value of the power shift pressure. Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve
for Auxiliary Control Valve
17. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key 1. In order to adjust the line relief valve pressure
(5) in order to increase the value of the power setting of the upper work tool, push the pedal.
shift pressure. Hold the pedal in this position.
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the 2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing pump's pressure tap (11).
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). 3. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position.

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the 4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
monitor may not always match the pressure reading 36800 ± 1470 kPa (5340 ± 220 psi). If the pressure
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the reading is within the specification, no further
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to is not within the specification, then proceed to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual Step 5.
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge. 5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the (13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start tap (11) is 36800 ± 1470 kPa (5340 ± 220 psi).
switch to the OFF position.
6. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring tighten locknut (12).
System” for additional information on Service Mode.
7. Return the main relief valve . Refer to Testing and
18. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - for the machine.
Test and Adjust” for the machine.
RENR7389-19 285
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

8. Return the line relief valve for the work tool to


21000 kPa (3046 psi).
286 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 5: Two-Way/One S/N: WLT1-Up

Pump S/N: PGW1-Up


S/N: YFW1-Up
i03593317 S/N: EDX1-Up
System 5: Default Value of S/N: GMX1-Up
Work Tool Parameters S/N: PHX1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown
S/N: TAE1-Up in the tables do not affect the operation of the work
tool.
S/N: J2F1-Up
Table 38 and Table 39 contains parameters for the
S/N: KGF1-Up tool control of the System 5.
S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: JJG1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up
S/N: B6H1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: JHJ1-Up
S/N: RSK1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: XCK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: A3R1-Up
S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: YDS1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: PYT1-Up
RENR7389-19 287
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 38
DISPLAY “TOOL #1” “TOOL #2” “TOOL #3” “TOOL #4” “TOOL #5”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F
“ONE OR TWO WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
One-way flow or two-way flow
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 RETCT MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the retraction of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 FLOW DIRCTN” Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
Direction of the oil flow for the number
1 attachment valve
288 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 39
DISPLAY “TOOL #6” “TOOL #7” “TOOL #8” “TOOL #9” “TOOL #10”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F
“ONE OR TWO WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
One-way flow or two-way flow
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 RETCT MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the retraction of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 FLOW DIRCTN” Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
Direction of the oil flow for the number
1 attachment valve

i03296465 S/N: JHJ1-Up


System 5: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: RSK1-Up
Test and Adjust S/N: W3K1-Up
(Attachment Control Valve) S/N: WDK1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: XCK1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: GTN1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: JJG1-Up S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: A3R1-Up
S/N: B6H1-Up S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up S/N: YDS1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
RENR7389-19 289
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
g01534994
Illustration 283
S/N: DTZ1-Up Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the (10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
Attachment Control Valve
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
for the machine.

g01240884
Illustration 284
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(26) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(27) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(37) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


g01197980 capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.
Illustration 282
(1) Up key 4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa
(2) Right key
(3) Home key
(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
(4) Main menu key drive pump.
(5) Left key
(6) Down key 5. Start the engine.
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
6. Place the machine controls at the following
settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
engine.
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.
290 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

9. Use the following procedure to access the 11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. press the OK key (8).

a. From the default screen, press the main menu


key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 285.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.
g01200028
Illustration 286

12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”


menu should appear.

13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.

14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is


highlighted, press the OK key (8).

g01200022
Illustration 285
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor

10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.
RENR7389-19 291
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer


to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) -
Test and Adjust” for the machine.

18. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

19. The pressure setting for the top line relief


valve and for the bottom line relief valve for the
attachment control valve is 37000 ± 1000 kPa
(5350 ± 145 psi).

g01199900
Illustration 288
g01200030
Illustration 287 Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the (13) Adjustment screw
value of the power shift pressure.
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the Mode.
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
shift pressure. specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing the main relief valve pressure setting.
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during
this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
Note: The value for power shift pressure on the valves in the lines for the work tool.
monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to for Attachment Control Valve
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on Note: System 5 is controlled by one of the following:
the pressure gauge. joystick thumbwheel and Electric Foot Pedal.
The following procedure is for a machine that is
Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure equipped with joystick thumbwheel. The procedure
during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the for machines that are equipped with an electric foot
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start pedal is accomplished in the same manner.
switch to the OFF position.
1. In order to adjust the line relief valve pressure
Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring setting of the upper work tool, push the right
System” for the machine for additional information on joystick thumbwheel to the FORWARD position.
Service Mode. Hold the joystick thumbwheel in this position.

2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive


pump's pressure tap (11).
292 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

3. Return the joystick thumbwheel to the NEUTRAL


position.

4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification


37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
is not within the specification, then proceed to
Step 5.

5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the


work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
(13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).

6. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting


of the lower work tool, push the right joystick
thumbwheel to the BACKWARD position. Hold the
joystick thumbwheel in this position.

7. Check the pressure in the work tool at pressure


tap (11).

8. Return the joystick thumbwheel to the NEUTRAL


position.

9. Compare the pressure reading to the specification


37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
not within the specification, then proceed to Step
10.

10. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the bottom
of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
(13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).

11. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,


tighten locknut (12).

Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise


increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.

Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on


pressure rise.

Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service


Mode.

Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the


specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.
RENR7389-19 293
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 11: Combined S/N: GMX1-Up

Function S/N: PCX1-Up


S/N: CXY1-Up
i03296468
S/N: EBY1-Up
System 11: Default Value of S/N: MEY1-Up
Work Tool Parameters S/N: DTZ1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: KBZ1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up
Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown
S/N: HJC1-Up in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

S/N: MND1-Up Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up Table 40 shows some of the approved Caterpillar
work tools that are used.
S/N: A6F1-Up
Table 41 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through
S/N: A8F1-Up “TOOL#5”.
S/N: A9F1-Up
Table 42 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through
S/N: KGF1-Up “TOOL#10”.

S/N: PRF1-Up Note: Refer to the specific machine model for


additional parameters.
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up
S/N: GPK1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: TZL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: WBN1-Up
S/N: DFP1-Up
S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
294 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 40
SYSTEM 11
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 11 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way “TOOL#1”“TOOL#2”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way “TOOL#3”, “TOOL#4”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”
“Thumb” 2 Way “TOOL#1”“TOOL#2”

Table 41
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” 1P 1WAY 2P 1WAY 1P 2WAY 2P 2WAY 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0
of the high HYD TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for “COMBINER “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “DISABLE”
two pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 295
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 41, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of
the attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 160.0 160.0 160.0 160.0 0.0
of the number
1 attachment 180.0 180.0 180.0 180.0 0.0
valve 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D, 325D, 328D,
and 329D and 329D and 329D and 329D
225 225 225 225 0.0
330D and 336D 330D and 336D 330D and 330D and
336D 336D
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
(continued)
296 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 41, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
2 attachment
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 297
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 41, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
2 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 0.0
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve

Table 42
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
(continued)
298 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 42, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING 126 126 126 126 126
of the high HYD TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for “COMBINER “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE”
two pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
(continued)
RENR7389-19 299
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 42, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of
the attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
1 attachment
valve
(continued)
300 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 42, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD 0 0 0 0 0
for the number FLOW”
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT N/A 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0.0
the retraction
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
2 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD 0 0 0 0 0
for the number FLOW”
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
(continued)
RENR7389-19 301
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 42, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve

i03296500 S/N: TDH1-Up


System 11: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: DHK1-Up
Test and Adjust S/N: GPK1-Up
(Line Relief Valves for One-Way S/N: WDK1-Up
Flow) S/N: WRK1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: GKL1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: LFL1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up S/N: TZL1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: WBN1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up S/N: DFP1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up
302 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PCX1-Up
S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up
g01534994
Illustration 290
S/N: DTZ1-Up Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D
S/N: KBZ1-Up (9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the
Auxiliary Control Valve
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
for the machine.

g01240884
Illustration 291
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

Illustration 289
g01197980 4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa
(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
(1) Up key
(2) Right key drive pump.
(3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the


engine.

2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.


Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
RENR7389-19 303
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01211211
Illustration 292
Stop valve

5. Close the valves that are mounted on the end of


the stick in order to prevent activation of the work
tool.

6. Start the engine.

7. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

8. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

9. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in Illustration 293


g01200022
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
and Adjust” for the machine.
11. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
10. Use the following procedure to access the the menu options.
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor.
12. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
a. From the default screen, press the main menu press the OK key (8).
key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 293.
304 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200028 g01200030
Illustration 294 Illustration 295

13. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST” 16. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
menu should appear. value of the power shift pressure.

14. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through 17. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
the menu options. value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power
15. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is shift pressure.
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of line relief valves, do not
leave the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” screen, and do
not turn the engine start switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
RENR7389-19 305
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

18. Be sure to select a work tool that provides Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
one-way flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, Mode.
“Work Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System.
Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
19. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Test and Adjust” for the machine. Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve
for Auxiliary Control Valve i03296502

1. To adjust the line relief valve for one-way flow,


System 11: Relief Valve (Line) -
push the left pedal FORWARD. Hold the pedal Test and Adjust
in this position.
(Line Relief Valves for Two-Way
2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive Flow)
pump's pressure tap (9).
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9
3. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position.
S/N: MNB1-Up
4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
of 21000 kPa (3046 psi). If the pressure reading S/N: HJC1-Up
is within the specification, no further adjustment is S/N: MND1-Up
necessary. If the pressure reading is not within the
specification, then proceed to Step 5. S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up
S/N: A6F1-Up
S/N: A8F1-Up
S/N: A9F1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: DHK1-Up

Illustration 296
g01199900 S/N: GPK1-Up
Line relief valve (Typical example) S/N: WDK1-Up
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw S/N: WRK1-Up

5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for S/N: FAL1-Up
the work tool. The relief valve is located near the S/N: GKL1-Up
boom foot. Turn adjustment screw (13) until the
pressure gauge reading at pressure tap (9) is S/N: LFL1-Up
within the specification.
S/N: TZL1-Up
6. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
tighten locknut (12). S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: WBN1-Up
Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise
increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw S/N: DFP1-Up
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.
S/N: GDP1-Up
Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
S/N: JAT1-Up
pressure rise.
S/N: KKT1-Up
306 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: CJX1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PCX1-Up
S/N: CXY1-Up
S/N: EBY1-Up
g01534994
Illustration 298
S/N: MEY1-Up Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D
S/N: DTZ1-Up (9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
S/N: KBZ1-Up (11) Pressure tap (power shift)

Test for the Line Relief Valve on the


Auxiliary Control Valve
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
for the machine.

g01240884
Illustration 299
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
g01197980 drive pump.
Illustration 297
(1) Up key
(2) Right key
(3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key
(8) OK key

1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the


engine.

2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.


Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
RENR7389-19 307
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01211211
Illustration 300
Stop valve

5. Close the valves that are mounted on the end of


the stick in order to prevent activation of the work
tool.

6. Start the engine.

7. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

8. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

9. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in Illustration 301


g01200022
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
and Adjust” for the machine.
11. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
10. Use the following procedure to access the the menu options.
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor.
12. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
a. From the default screen, press the main menu press the OK key (8).
key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 301.
308 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200028 g01200030
Illustration 302 Illustration 303

13. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST” 16. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
menu should appear. value of the power shift pressure.

14. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through 17. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
the menu options. value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power
15. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is shift pressure.
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start
switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
RENR7389-19 309
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

18. Be sure to select a work tool that provides two 5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
pump flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System. of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
(13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
19. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).
to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) -
Test and Adjust” for the machine. 6. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting
of the lower work tool, push the left pedal
20. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to BACKWARD. Hold the pedal in this position.
Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System. 7. Check the pressure in the work tool at pressure
tap (11).
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
Mode. 8. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position.

Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the 9. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief reading is within the specification, no further
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
the main relief valve pressure setting. not within the specification, then proceed to Step
10.
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve 10. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
for Auxiliary Control Valve work tool. The relief valve is located on the bottom
of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
1. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting (13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
of the upper work tool, push the left pedal tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).
FORWARD. Hold the pedal in this position.
11. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive tighten locknut (12).
pump's pressure tap (11).
Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise
3. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position. increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.
4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
reading is within the specification, no further pressure rise.
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
is not within the specification, then proceed to Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
Step 5. Mode.

Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the


specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.

g01199900
Illustration 304
Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw
310 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 13: Combined Table 45 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through


“TOOL#10”.
Function
Note: Refer to the specific machine model for
additional parameters.
i03479723

System 13: Default Value of


Work Tool Parameters
SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up
S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: MEY1-Up

Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown


in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.

Table 43 shows some of the approved Caterpillar


work tools that are used.

Table 44 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through


“TOOL#5”.
RENR7389-19 311
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 43
SYSTEM 13
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 14 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way “TOOL#1”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#4”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#3”, “TOOL#6”
“Thumb” 2 Way “TOOL#5”

Table 44
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” CVP110 MP15 H120 MP20 THUMB
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0
of the high HYD TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for “COMBINER “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “DISABLE”
two pump flow ENABLE”
“ENABLED” “ENABLED”
336D 320D, 323D,
and 324D
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
“ONE-WAY”
336D
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF 22000 40000 20600 40000 19300
the number 1 #1 PRES”
variable relief 20600
valve 336D

Pressure of “VAR RELIEF 22000 40000 20600 40000 19300


the number 2 #2 PRES”
variable relief 20600
valve 336D
(continued)
312 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 44, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 1000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 15000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 19000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 1100 4000 1100 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension 4000
of attachment 336D
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 1100 4000 1100 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of 4000
the attachment 336D
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 1100 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 1100 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number JOYSTK SW CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the #1”
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb THUMB REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the WHEEL”
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 159 150 150 200 95
of the number
1 attachment 200 200 300 120
valve 336D 336D 336D 336D
(continued)
RENR7389-19 313
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 44, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 50 0.0 50 50
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment 0.0
valve during 336D
multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 17225 20000 16000 20000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number 16000
1 attachment 336D
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT N/A 4000 N/A 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0 0
the retraction N/A
of the number 0
1 attachment 336D
valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number Normal
1 attachment 336D
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
(continued)
314 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 44, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT N/A 4000 N/A 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0 0
the retraction N/A
of the number 0
2 attachment 336D
valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” N/A N/A
the number Normal
2 attachment N/A
valve 336D

“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”


Flow settings “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 315
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 44, contd)


Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve

Table 45
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” H130 0 0 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING 126 126 126 126 126
of the high HYD TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for “COMBINER “ENABLED” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE”
two pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF 20600 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 #1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF 20600 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 #2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
(continued)
316 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 45, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of
the attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number JOYSTK SW CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the #1”
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb THUMB REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the WHEEL”
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 200 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
(continued)
RENR7389-19 317
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 45, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT N/A 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0.0
the retraction
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW N/A Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” Normal
the number
1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
(continued)
318 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 45, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum “A2 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT N/A 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0.0
the retraction
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
2 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve
RENR7389-19 319
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

i03559499

System 13: Relief Valve (Line) -


Test and Adjust
(Auxiliary Control Valve)
SMCS Code: 5117
S/N: MNB1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up
g01197980
Illustration 305
S/N: R2D1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: CZF1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
S/N: J2F1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: KGF1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: PRF1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: MCH1-Up
engine.
S/N: W3K1-Up
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
S/N: WDK1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
g01534994
Illustration 306
S/N: MEY1-Up
Pump Compartment 320D and 329D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the (10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
Attachment Control Valve (11) Pressure tap (power shift)

Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve


pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
for the machine.
320 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 308.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01240884
Illustration 307
Pump Compartment 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.

5. Start the engine.

6. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F). Illustration 308


g01200022

Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor


8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine. 10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
the menu options.
9. Use the following procedure to access the
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. 11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
press the OK key (8).
a. From the default screen, press the main menu
key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.
RENR7389-19 321
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200028 g01200030
Illustration 309 Illustration 310

12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST” 15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
menu should appear. value of the power shift pressure.

13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through 16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
the menu options. value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power
14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is shift pressure.
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start
switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
322 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer 4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
Test and Adjust” for the machine. reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
18. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to is not within the specification, then proceed to
Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the Step 5.
Machine Electronic Control System.
5. Loosen locknut (14) on the line relief valve for the
19. The pressure setting for the top line relief work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
valve and for the bottom line relief valve for the of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
attachment control valve is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (15) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
(5350 ± 145 psi). tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).

6. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting of


the lower work tool, push the thumb wheel on the
right joystick BACKWARD. Hold the thumb wheel
in this position.

7. Check the pressure in the work tool at pressure


tap (11).

8. Return the thumb wheel to the NEUTRAL position.

9. Compare the pressure reading to the specification


37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
g01199900
Illustration 311 not within the specification, then proceed to Step
Line relief valve (Typical example) 10.
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw 10. Loosen locknut (14) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the bottom
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
Mode. (15) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).
Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line 11. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief tighten locknut (14).
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting. Note: Turning adjustment screw (15) clockwise
increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during (15) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.
this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
valves in the lines for the work tool. Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
pressure rise.
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
for Attachment Control Valve Mode.

1. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting of Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
the upper work tool, push the thumb wheel on the specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
right joystick FORWARD. Hold the thumb wheel relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
in this position. Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.
2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
pump's pressure tap (11).

3. Return the thumb wheel to the NEUTRAL position.


RENR7389-19 323
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 14: Combined S/N: AZP1-Up

Function S/N: JLP1-Up


S/N: MWP1-Up
i03296020
S/N: A3R1-Up
System 14: Default Value of S/N: SCR1-Up
Work Tool Parameters S/N: NAS1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: YDS1-Up
S/N: LAB1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: ZGB1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: DHE1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: JJG1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up
Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown
S/N: B6H1-Up in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

S/N: MCH1-Up Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.
S/N: TDH1-Up
S/N: JHJ1-Up Table 46 shows some of the approved Caterpillar
work tools that are used.
S/N: ERK1-Up
Table 47 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through
S/N: FXK1-Up “TOOL#5”.
S/N: RSK1-Up
Table 48 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through
S/N: W3K1-Up “TOOL#10”.

S/N: WDK1-Up Note: Refer to the specific machine model for


additional parameters.
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: XCK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: PAL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up
324 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 46
SYSTEM 14
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 14 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way “TOOL#1”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#4”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#3”, “TOOL#6”
“Thumb” 2 Way “TOOL#5”

Table 47
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” CVP110 MP15 H120 MP20 THUMB
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0
of the high HYD TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for “COMBINER “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “DISABLE”
two pump flow ENABLE”
“ENABLED” “ENABLED”
330D, 336D 320D, 323D,
and 324D
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
“ONE-WAY”
330D
, 336D
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF 22000 40000 20600 40000 19300
the number 1 #1 PRES”
variable relief 20600
valve 330D
, 336D
(continued)
RENR7389-19 325
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 47, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF 22000 40000 20600 40000 19300
the number 2 #2 PRES”
variable relief 20600
valve 330D
, 336D
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 1000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 15000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 19000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 1100 4000 1100 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension 4000
of attachment 330D
valve during , 336D
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 1100 4000 1100 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of 4000
the attachment 330D
valve during , 336D
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 1100 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 1100 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number JOYSTK SW CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the #1”
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb THUMB REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the WHEEL”
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
(continued)
326 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 47, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 159 150 150 200 95
of the number
1 attachment 200 200 300 120
valve 330D 330D 330D 330D
, 336D , 336D , 336D , 336D
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 50 0.0 50 50
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment 0.0
valve during 330D
multiple , 336D
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 17225 20000 16000 20000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number 16000
1 attachment 330D
valve , 336D

Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2


the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT N/A 4000 N/A 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0 0
the retraction N/A
of the number 0
1 attachment 330D
valve , 336D

Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal


the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number Normal
1 attachment 330D
valve , 336D

“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”


Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
2 attachment
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 327
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 47, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT N/A 4000 N/A 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0 0
the retraction N/A
of the number 0
2 attachment 330D
valve , 336D

Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal


the oil flow for DIRCTN” N/A N/A
the number Normal
2 attachment N/A
valve 330D
, 336D
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
(continued)
328 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 47, contd)


Maximum “A3 RETCT 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve

Table 48
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” H130 0 0 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING 126 126 126 126 126
of the high HYD TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for “COMBINER “ENABLED” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE”
two pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF 20600 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 #1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF 20600 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 #2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 329
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 48, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of
the attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number JOYSTK SW CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the #1”
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb THUMB REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the WHEEL”
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 200 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
of the number
1 attachment
valve
(continued)
330 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 48, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT N/A 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0.0
the retraction
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW N/A Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” Normal
the number
1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 331
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 48, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT N/A 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES” 0.0
the retraction
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
2 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
(continued)
332 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 48, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve

i03296432 S/N: PAL1-Up


System 14: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: KLM1-Up
Test and Adjust S/N: GTN1-Up
(Auxiliary Control Valve) S/N: SPN1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: LAB1-Up S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: ZGB1-Up S/N: A3R1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up S/N: SCR1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: YDS1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up
S/N: DHE1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: TAE1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: JJG1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: B6H1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: TDH1-Up S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: JHJ1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: ERK1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: FXK1-Up
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the
S/N: RSK1-Up
Attachment Control Valve
S/N: W3K1-Up
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
S/N: WDK1-Up pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
S/N: WRK1-Up setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
S/N: XCK1-Up and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
for the machine.
S/N: FAL1-Up
RENR7389-19 333
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01197980 g01240884
Illustration 312 Illustration 314
(1) Up key Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(2) Right key
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(3) Home key
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(4) Main menu key
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key 3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)
(8) OK key capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the 4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa
engine. (8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System 5. Start the engine.
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
6. Place the machine controls at the following
settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

9. Use the following procedure to access the


“SERVICE” mode of the monitor.
g01534994
Illustration 313 a. From the default screen, press the main menu
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D key (4).
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump ) b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
(11) Pressure tap (power shift) to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.
334 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 315.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01200028
Illustration 316

12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”


menu should appear.

13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.

Illustration 315
g01200022 14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
highlighted, press the OK key (8).

10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.

11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 335
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer


to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) -
Test and Adjust” for the machine.

18. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

19. The pressure setting for the top line relief


valve and for the bottom line relief valve for the
attachment control valve is 37000 ± 1000 kPa
(5350 ± 145 psi).

g01199900
Illustration 318
g01200030
Illustration 317 Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the (13) Adjustment screw
value of the power shift pressure.
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the Mode.
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
shift pressure. specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing the main relief valve pressure setting.
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during
this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
Note: The value for power shift pressure on the valves in the lines for the work tool.
monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to for Attachment Control Valve
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on 1. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting of
the pressure gauge. the upper work tool, push the thumb wheel on the
right joystick FORWARD. Hold the thumb wheel
Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure in this position.
during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start 2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
switch to the OFF position. pump's pressure tap (11).
Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring 3. Return the thumb wheel to the NEUTRAL position.
System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
336 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification i03094486


37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further System 14: Relief Valve (Main)
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading - Test and Adjust
is not within the specification, then proceed to
Step 5. (Auxiliary Control Valve
5. Loosen locknut (14) on the line relief valve for the
(Medium Pressure))
work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side SMCS Code: 5069-036
of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
(15) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure S/N: LAB1-Up
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).
S/N: MNB1-Up
6. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting of
the lower work tool, push the thumb wheel on the S/N: ZGB1-Up
right joystick BACKWARD. Hold the thumb wheel S/N: GBC1-Up
in this position.
S/N: HJC1-Up
7. Check the pressure in the work tool at pressure
tap (11). S/N: NBD1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up
8. Return the thumb wheel to the NEUTRAL position.
S/N: DHE1-Up
9. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure S/N: TAE1-Up
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is S/N: J2F1-Up
not within the specification, then proceed to Step S/N: KGF1-Up
10.
S/N: PRF1-Up
10. Loosen locknut (14) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the bottom S/N: JJG1-Up
of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
S/N: MPG1-Up
(15) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). S/N: B6H1-Up
11. After completion of line relief valve adjustment, S/N: MCH1-Up
tighten locknut (14).
S/N: TDH1-Up
Note: Turning adjustment screw (15) clockwise
S/N: JHJ1-Up
increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(15) counterclockwise decreases the pressure. S/N: ERK1-Up

Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on S/N: FXK1-Up


pressure rise.
S/N: RSK1-Up
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service S/N: W3K1-Up
Mode.
S/N: WDK1-Up
Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line S/N: WRK1-Up
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
S/N: XCK1-Up
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting. S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: PAL1-Up
S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: GTN1-Up
S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: AZP1-Up
RENR7389-19 337
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: JLP1-Up
S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: A3R1-Up
S/N: SCR1-Up
S/N: NAS1-Up
S/N: YDS1-Up
S/N: EJT1-Up
S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: RMX1-Up Illustration 319
g01207646

(1) Auxiliary pump


S/N: MEY1-Up
(2) 6V-9007 Elbow
(3) 6V-8397 O-Ring Seal
S/N: DTZ1-Up (4) 7X-0873 Tee
(5) Coupling
Complete the following steps in order: (6) Hose
(7) 3J-1907 O-Ring seal
(8) 6V-3965 Nipple assembly
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
(9) 6V-4143 Coupler assembly
engine. (10) 6V-3989 Unvalved nipple
(11) 8T-0861 Pressure gauge
2. Release the pressure on the hydraulic system.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System 3. Remove hose (6) from elbow (2) and auxiliary
Pressure - Release” for the machine. pump (1).

4. Assemble and install tee (4) to elbow (2).

5. Install hose (6) to elbow (2).

6. Assemble and install seal (7) and nipple assembly


(8) to tee (4).

7. Connect hose (9) to nipple assembly (8).

8. Assemble and install a 60000 kPa (8700 psi)


pressure gauge (11) to hose (9).

9. Start the engine.

10. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial “10” and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.
338 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

11. Increase the hydraulic oil temperature to 55° ± 5°C


(131° ± 9°F).

12. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

13. Move the left joystick thumbwheel to the


FORWARD position, or move the joystick
thumbwheel to the BACKWARD position.

14. Check the pressure setting of the main relief valve


for the auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
on pressure gauge (11).

15. The pressure setting of the main relief valve for


the auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
should be within the specifications. If the pressure
setting of the main relief valve is not within the
specifications, adjust the main relief valve for the
medium pressure circuit to a pressure setting of
20600 ± 500 kPa (2990 ± 72 psi).

Note: Turn adjustment screw clockwise in order to


increase the pressure. Turn the adjustment screw
counterclockwise in order to decrease the pressure.

Note: Always make final pressure adjustments on


pressure rise.

16. Return the left joystick thumbwheel to the


NEUTRAL position.
RENR7389-19 339
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 16: One-Way/One S/N: MCL1-Up

Pump S/N: BYM1-Up


S/N: EBM1-Up
i03042742 S/N: LRM1-Up
System 16: Default Value of S/N: PBM1-Up
Work Tool Parameters S/N: SYM1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: TPM1-Up
S/N: GPB1-Up S/N: ERN1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: BFC1-Up S/N: MYP1-Up
S/N: EJC1-Up S/N: GBR1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up S/N: JWR1-Up
S/N: RAC1-Up S/N: MKR1-Up
S/N: SDC1-Up S/N: DTS1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up S/N: NES1-Up
S/N: CYD1-Up S/N: RAS1-Up
S/N: PBD1-Up S/N: T2S1-Up
S/N: SED1-Up S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: T2D1-Up S/N: WET1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: GGE1-Up S/N: DKW1-Up
S/N: NDE1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: PKE1-Up S/N: SCY1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up S/N: T2Y1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: JBF1-Up
Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown
S/N: SWF1-Up in the tables do not affect the operation of the work
tool.
S/N: ZMF1-Up
Table 50 contains parameters for “TOOL#1” through
S/N: CWG1-Up “TOOL#5”. Table 51 contains parameters for
S/N: JLG1-Up “TOOL#6” through “TOOL#10”.

S/N: LMG1-Up The table shows some of the approved Caterpillar


work tools that are used. The table lists some of the
S/N: MYG1-Up parameters that should be verified for successful
operation of the work tool.
S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: KDJ1-Up
S/N: THJ1-Up
S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: LAL1-Up
340 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 49
SYSTEM 16
Direction of SYSTEM 16
Work Tool
Flow “TOOL#s”
“TOOL#1”,
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#2”,
“TOOL#3”

Table 50

DISPLAY “TOOL #1” “TOOL #2” “TOOL #3” “TOOL #4” “TOOL #5”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” H120C H130S H140DS 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 80°F 80°F 80°F 126°F 126°F
“COMBINER ENABLE” DISABLED ENABLED ENABLED DISABLED DISABLED
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 FLOW” 150 190 200 0.0 0.0
Flow setting of the attachment valve A1
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Additional oil flow for the A1 circuit
“A1 NOMINAL PRES” 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
Normal working pressure for the A1
circuit
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
“A2 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 2 attachment valve
“A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 2 attachment
valve
“A2 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 2 attachment
valve
RENR7389-19 341
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 51
DISPLAY “TOOL #6” “TOOL #7” “TOOL #8” “TOOL #9” “TOOL #10”
“TOOL PROGRAM: GENERAL”
“NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
“MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
“MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
“UNDERSPEED ENABLE” ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
“WARNING HYD TEMP” 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F 126°F
“COMBINER ENABLE” DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED
“TOOL PROGRAM: ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
“A1 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Flow setting of the attachment valve A1
“A1 MULTI ADD FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Additional oil flow for the A1 circuit
“A1 NOMINAL PRES” 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
Normal working pressure for the A1
circuit
“A1 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 1 attachment valve
“A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“A1 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
“A2 EXTND MAX PRES” 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Maximum pressure for the extension of
the number 2 attachment valve
“A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Open time of the number 2 attachment
valve
“A2 CLOSE TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
Close time of the number 2 attachment
valve

i03296701 S/N: RAC1-Up


System 16: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: SDC1-Up
Test and Adjust S/N: WGC1-Up
(Auxiliary Control Valve) S/N: CYD1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: PBD1-Up
S/N: GPB1-Up S/N: SED1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up S/N: T2D1-Up
S/N: BFC1-Up S/N: YSD1-Up
S/N: EJC1-Up S/N: GGE1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up S/N: NDE1-Up
342 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: PKE1-Up S/N: SCY1-Up


S/N: WNE1-Up S/N: T2Y1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: JBF1-Up
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the
S/N: SWF1-Up
Auxiliary Control Valve
S/N: ZMF1-Up
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve is
S/N: CWG1-Up required before any line relief valve pressure setting
is adjusted. Refer to the temporary setting of main
S/N: JLG1-Up relief valve in Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve
(Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine.
S/N: LMG1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up Note: A temporary setting of the relief valve for the
work tool is required before the line relief valve for
S/N: TRH1-Up the auxiliary control valve can be adjusted. The
pressure setting for the relief valve for the work tool is
S/N: KDJ1-Up 21000 kPa (3046 psi). Make a temporary adjustment
S/N: THJ1-Up of the relief valve for the work tool in order to test the
line relief valve for the auxiliary control valve. Turn
S/N: BTK1-Up the adjustment screw on the relief valve for the work
tool. Turn the adjustment screw about one half turn
S/N: LAL1-Up clockwise in order to make the temporary adjustment.
S/N: MCL1-Up
S/N: BYM1-Up
S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: LRM1-Up
S/N: PBM1-Up
S/N: SYM1-Up
S/N: TPM1-Up
S/N: ERN1-Up
S/N: PPN1-Up g01197980
Illustration 320
S/N: MYP1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: GBR1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
S/N: JWR1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: MKR1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: DTS1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: NES1-Up engine.
S/N: RAS1-Up 2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
S/N: T2S1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: WET1-Up
S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: DKW1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
RENR7389-19 343
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01224557 g01211211
Illustration 321 Illustration 323
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D Stop valve
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump ) 5. Close the valves that are mounted on the end of
(11) Pressure tap (power shift) the stick in order to prevent activation of the work
tool.

6. Start the engine.

7. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

8. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

9. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
g01240875
and Adjust” for the machine.
Illustration 322
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D 10. Use the following procedure to access the
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure) “SERVICE” mode of the monitor.
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure) a. From the default screen, press the main menu
key (4).
3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)
capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift. b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.
4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa
(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,
drive pump. press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 324.
344 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01200028
Illustration 325

13. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”


menu should appear.
g01200022
Illustration 324
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor
14. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
the menu options.
11. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
the menu options. 15. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
12. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
press the OK key (8).
RENR7389-19 345
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

19. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

20. The pressure setting for the top line relief valve
for the auxiliary control valve is 36800 ± 1500 kPa
(5340 ± 220 psi).

g01199900
Illustration 327
Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw

g01200030
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
Illustration 326 Mode.
16. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
value of the power shift pressure. Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve
for Auxiliary Control Valve
17. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key 1. In order to adjust the line relief valve pressure
(5) in order to increase the value of the power setting of the upper work tool, push the foot switch.
shift pressure. Hold the foot switch in this position.
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the 2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing pump's pressure tap (11).
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). 3. Return the foot switch to the NEUTRAL position.

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the 4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
monitor may not always match the pressure reading 36800 ± 1470 kPa (5340 ± 220 psi). If the pressure
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the reading is within the specification, no further
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to is not within the specification, then proceed to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual Step 5.
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge. 5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the (13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start tap (11) is 36800 ± 1470 kPa (5340 ± 220 psi).
switch to the OFF position.
6. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring tighten locknut (12).
System” for additional information on Service Mode.
7. Return the main relief valve . Refer to Testing and
18. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - for the machine.
Test and Adjust” for the machine.
346 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

8. Return the line relief valve for the work tool to


21000 kPa (3046 psi).
RENR7389-19 347
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 17: Combined Table 54 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through


“TOOL#10”.
Function
Note: Refer to the specific machine model for
additional parameters.
i03043042

System 17: Default Value of


Work Tool Parameters
SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: GPB1-748
S/N: EJC1-618
S/N: GBC1-163
S/N: SDC1-933
S/N: CYD1-614
S/N: PBD1-Up
S/N: T2D1-Up
S/N: GGE1-604
S/N: NDE1-182
S/N: PKE1-773
S/N: THJ1-299
S/N: LAL1-250
S/N: MCL1-198
S/N: LRM1-250
S/N: PBM1-586
S/N: SYM1-579
S/N: ERN1-307
S/N: GBR1-156
S/N: RAS1-861
S/N: T2S1-Up
S/N: CYW1-192
S/N: DKW1-334
S/N: T2Y1-250

Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown


in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.

Table 52 shows some of the approved Caterpillar


work tools that are used.

Table 53 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through


“TOOL#5”.
348 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 52
SYSTEM 17
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 17 “TOOL#s”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way “TOOL#4”

“Shear” 2 Way “TOOL#5”, “TOOL#6”

“Grapple” 2 Way “TOOL#7”

Table 53
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” H120CS H130S H140DS MP20 S320
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER SPEED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed ENABLE”
option
Temperature “WARNING HYD 80 80 80 100 100
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for two “COMBINER “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “ENABLED” “ENABLED” “DISABLE”
pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 21000 21000 21000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 2 PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
variable relief
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 349
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 53, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension of
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number JOYSTK SW CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the #1”
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R THUMB “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 150 190 200 200 150
of the number 1
attachment valve
(continued)
350 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 53, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 1 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 8000 8000
pressure of PRES”
the number 1
attachment valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX N/A N/A N/A 4000 4000
pressure for PRES” 0 0 0
the retraction
of the number 1
attachment valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW N/A N/A N/A Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” Normal Normal Normal
the number 1
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 2 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 2 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2
attachment valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number 2
attachment valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 351
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 53, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX N/A N/A N/A 4000 4000
pressure for PRES” 0 0 0
the retraction
of the number 2
attachment valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” N/A N/A N/A
the number 2
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 3 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 3
attachment valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number 3
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 3
attachment valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 3
attachment valve

Table 54
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” S340 G320B DCT Bucket 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
(continued)
352 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 54, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER SPEED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed ENABLE”
option
Temperature “WARNING HYD 100 100 100 126 126
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for two “COMBINER “ENABLED” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE”
pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 2 PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension of
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
(continued)
RENR7389-19 353
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 54, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number JOYSTK SW CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the #1”
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R THUMB “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 300 120 50 0.0 0.0
of the number 1
attachment valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 1 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 8000 8000 8000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number 1
attachment valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 1
attachment valve
(continued)
354 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 54, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 1
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 2 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 2 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2
attachment valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number 2
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 2
attachment valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 2
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 3 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 3
attachment valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 355
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 54, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number 3
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 3
attachment valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 3
attachment valve

i03210891 S/N: ZMF1-Up


System 17: Default Value of S/N: CWG1-Up
Work Tool Parameters S/N: JLG1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: TXA1-Up S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: GPB749-Up S/N: KDJ1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up S/N: THJ300-Up
S/N: BFC1-Up S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: EJC619-Up S/N: LAL251-Up
S/N: GBC164-Up S/N: MCL199-Up
S/N: RAC1-Up S/N: BYM1-Up
S/N: SDC934-Up S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up S/N: LRM251-Up
S/N: CYD615-Up S/N: PBM587-Up
S/N: SED1-Up S/N: SYM580-Up
S/N: T2D1-Up S/N: TPM1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up S/N: ERN308-Up
S/N: GGE605-Up S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: NDE183-Up S/N: MYP1-Up
S/N: PKE774-Up S/N: GBR157-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up S/N: MKR1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up S/N: DTS1-Up
S/N: JBF1-Up S/N: NES1-Up
S/N: SWF1-Up S/N: RAS862-Up
356 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: WET1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: CYW193-Up
S/N: DKW335-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: SCY1-Up
S/N: T2Y251-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up

Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown


in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.

Table 55 shows some of the approved Caterpillar


work tools that are used.

Table 56 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through


“TOOL#5”.

Table 57 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through


“TOOL#10”.

Note: Refer to the specific machine model for


additional parameters.
Table 55

SYSTEM 17
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 17 “TOOL#s”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way “TOOL#4”

“Shear” 2 Way “TOOL#5”, “TOOL#6”

“Grapple” 2 Way “TOOL#7”

Table 56
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” H120CS H130S H140DS MP20 S320
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
(continued)
RENR7389-19 357
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 56, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER SPEED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed ENABLE”
option
Temperature “WARNING HYD 80 80 80 100 100
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for two “COMBINER “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “ENABLED” “ENABLED” “DISABLE”
pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 21000 21000 21000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 21000 21000 21000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting pressure “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve START PRES”
for squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension of
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
(continued)
358 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 56, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number JOYSTK SW CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the #1”
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R THUMB “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A1 FLOW” 150 190 200 200 150
the number 1
attachment valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 1 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 8000 8000
pressure of PRES”
the number 1
attachment valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1
attachment valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX N/A N/A N/A 4000 4000
pressure for PRES” 0 0 0
the retraction
of the number 1
attachment valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 359
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 56, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Direction of “A1 FLOW N/A N/A N/A Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” Normal Normal Normal
the number 1
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 2 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 2 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2
attachment valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2
attachment valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 2
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX N/A N/A N/A 4000 4000
pressure for PRES” 0 0 0
the retraction
of the number 2
attachment valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” N/A N/A N/A
the number 2
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 3 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 3
attachment valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3
attachment valve
(continued)
360 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 56, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 3
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 3
attachment valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 3
attachment valve

Table 57
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” S340 G320B DCT Bucket 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER SPEED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed ENABLE”
option
Temperature “WARNING HYD 100 100 100 126 126
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for two “COMBINER “ENABLED” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE”
pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
(continued)
RENR7389-19 361
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 57, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting pressure “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve START PRES”
for squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension of
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number JOYSTK SW CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the #1”
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R THUMB “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
(continued)
362 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 57, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Flow settings of “A1 FLOW” 300 120 50 0.0 0.0
the number 1
attachment valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 1 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 8000 8000 8000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number 1
attachment valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1
attachment valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 1
attachment valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 1
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 2 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 2 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2
attachment valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2
attachment valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 2
attachment valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 363
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 57, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 2
attachment valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 2
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 3 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 3
attachment valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3
attachment valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 3
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 3
attachment valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 3
attachment valve

i03296709 S/N: BFC1-Up


System 17: Relief Valve (Line) - S/N: EJC1-Up
Test and Adjust S/N: GBC1-Up
(Auxiliary Control Valve) S/N: RAC1-Up
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9 S/N: SDC1-Up
S/N: TXA1-Up S/N: WGC1-Up
S/N: GPB1-Up S/N: CYD1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up S/N: PBD1-Up
364 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: SED1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up


S/N: T2D1-Up S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up S/N: DKW1-Up
S/N: GGE1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: NDE1-Up S/N: SCY1-Up
S/N: PKE1-Up S/N: T2Y1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the
S/N: JBF1-Up Attachment Control Valve
S/N: SWF1-Up
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
S/N: ZMF1-Up pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
S/N: CWG1-Up setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
S/N: JLG1-Up
for the machine.
S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: KDJ1-Up
S/N: THJ1-Up
S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: LAL1-Up
S/N: MCL1-Up
S/N: BYM1-Up
S/N: EBM1-Up g01197980
Illustration 328
S/N: LRM1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: PBM1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
S/N: SYM1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: TPM1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: ERN1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: PPN1-Up engine.
S/N: MYP1-Up
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
S/N: GBR1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: MKR1-Up
S/N: DTS1-Up
S/N: NES1-Up
S/N: RAS1-Up
S/N: T2S1-Up
S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: WET1-Up
RENR7389-19 365
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

9. Use the following procedure to access the


“SERVICE” mode of the monitor.

a. From the default screen, press the main menu


key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.
g01534994
Illustration 329 d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the
Pump Compartment 320D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and 329D right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump) scroll through the characters. When the desired
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump) character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
(11) Pressure tap (power shift) Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 331.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01240884
Illustration 330
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.

5. Start the engine.

6. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in g01200022


Illustration 331
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine. Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor

10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.
366 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

g01200030
Illustration 333

Illustration 332
g01200028 15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
value of the power shift pressure.
12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”
menu should appear. 16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through (5) in order to increase the value of the power
the menu options. shift pressure.

14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
highlighted, press the OK key (8). power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start
switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
RENR7389-19 367
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer


to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) -
Test and Adjust” for the machine.

18. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to


Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the
Machine Electronic Control System.

19. The pressure setting for the top line relief


valve and for the bottom line relief valve for the
attachment control valve is 37000 ± 1000 kPa
(5350 ± 145 psi).

Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service


Mode. g01199900
Illustration 334
Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the Line relief valve (Typical example)
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line (12) Locknut
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief (13) Adjustment screw
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting. 5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop (13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
valves in the lines for the work tool. tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).

6. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting of


Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve the lower work tool, push the thumb wheel on the
for Attachment Control Valve right joystick BACKWARD. Hold the thumb wheel
in this position.
1. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting of
the upper work tool, push the thumb wheel on the 7. Check the pressure in the work tool at pressure
right joystick FORWARD. Hold the thumb wheel tap (11).
in this position.
8. Return the thumb wheel to the NEUTRAL position.
2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
pump's pressure tap (11). 9. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
3. Return the thumb wheel to the NEUTRAL position. reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification not within the specification, then proceed to Step
37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure 10.
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading 10. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
is not within the specification, then proceed to work tool. The relief valve is located on the bottom
Step 5. of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
(13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).

11. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,


tighten locknut (12).

Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise


increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.

Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on


pressure rise.

Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service


Mode.
368 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the S/N: THJ1-Up
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief S/N: BTK1-Up
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
S/N: LAL1-Up
the main relief valve pressure setting.
S/N: MCL1-Up
i03053529 S/N: BYM1-Up
System 17: Relief Valve (Main) S/N: EBM1-Up
- Test and Adjust S/N: LRM1-Up
(Auxiliary Control Valve S/N: PBM1-Up
(Medium Pressure))
S/N: SYM1-Up
SMCS Code: 5069-036
S/N: TPM1-Up
S/N: TXA1-Up
S/N: ERN1-Up
S/N: GPB1-Up
S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up
S/N: MYP1-Up
S/N: BFC1-Up
S/N: GBR1-Up
S/N: EJC1-Up
S/N: MKR1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: DTS1-Up
S/N: RAC1-Up
S/N: NES1-Up
S/N: SDC1-Up
S/N: RAS1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up
S/N: T2S1-Up
S/N: CYD1-Up
S/N: M4T1-Up
S/N: PBD1-Up
S/N: WET1-Up
S/N: SED1-Up
S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: T2D1-Up
S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up
S/N: DKW1-Up
S/N: GGE1-Up
S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: NDE1-Up
S/N: SCY1-Up
S/N: PKE1-Up
S/N: T2Y1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up
S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up
Complete the following steps in order:
S/N: JBF1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: SWF1-Up engine.
S/N: ZMF1-Up
2. Release the pressure on the hydraulic system.
S/N: CWG1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: JLG1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: KDJ1-Up
RENR7389-19 369
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

11. Increase the hydraulic oil temperature to 55° ± 5°C


(131° ± 9°F).

12. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.

13. Move the left joystick thumbwheel to the


FORWARD position, or move the joystick
thumbwheel to the BACKWARD position.

14. Check the pressure setting of the main relief valve


for the auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
on pressure gauge (11).

15. The pressure setting of the main relief valve for


the auxiliary control valve (medium pressure)
should be within the specifications. If the pressure
setting of the main relief valve is not within the
specifications, adjust the main relief valve for the
medium pressure circuit to a pressure setting of
20600 ± 500 kPa (2990 ± 72 psi).

Note: Turn adjustment screw clockwise in order to


increase the pressure. Turn the adjustment screw
counterclockwise in order to decrease the pressure.

Note: Always make final pressure adjustments on


g01207646
Illustration 335 pressure rise.
(1) Auxiliary pump
(2) 6V-9007 Elbow 16. Return the left joystick thumbwheel control to the
(3) 6V-8397 O-Ring Seal
NEUTRAL position.
(4) 7X-0873 Tee
(5) Coupling
(6) Hose
(7) 3J-1907 O-Ring seal
(8) 6V-3965 Nipple assembly
(9) 6V-4143 Coupler assembly
(10) 6V-3989 Unvalved nipple
(11) 8T-0861 Pressure gauge

3. Remove hose (6) from elbow (2) and auxiliary


pump (1).

4. Assemble and install tee (4) to elbow (2).

5. Install hose (6) to elbow (2).

6. Assemble and install seal (7) and nipple assembly


(8) to tee (4).

7. Connect hose (9) to nipple assembly (8).

8. Assemble and install a 60000 kPa (8700 psi)


pressure gauge (11) to hose (9).

9. Start the engine.

10. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial “10” and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.
370 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 18: Combined


Function
i03559102

System 18: Default Value of


Work Tool Parameters
SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up
S/N: ZMF1-Up
S/N: CWG1-Up
S/N: LMG1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: TRH1-Up
S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: JWR1-Up
S/N: CYW1-Up

Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown


in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.

Table 58 shows some of the approved Caterpillar


work tools that are used.

Table 59 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through


“TOOL#5”.

Table 60 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through


“TOOL#10”.

Note: Refer to the specific machine model for


additional parameters.
RENR7389-19 371
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 58
SYSTEM 18
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 18 “TOOL#s”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”, “TOOL#3”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way “TOOL#4”

“Shear” 2 Way “TOOL#5”, “TOOL#6”

“Grapple” 2 Way “TOOL#7”

Table 59
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” H120CS H130S H140DS MP20 S320
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
Control for the “UNDER SPEED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed ENABLE”
option
Temperature “WARNING HYD 80 80 80 100 100
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for two “COMBINER “DISABLE” “ENABLED” “ENABLED” “ENABLED” “DISABLE”
pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 21000 21000 21000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 21000 21000 21000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
(continued)
372 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 59, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting pressure “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve START PRES”
for squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension of
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R JOYSTK “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number SW #1” CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R THUMB “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A1 FLOW” 150 190 200 200 150
the number 1
attachment valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 1 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
(continued)
RENR7389-19 373
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 59, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 8000 8000
pressure of PRES”
the number 1
attachment valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1
attachment valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX N/A N/A N/A 4000 4000
pressure for PRES” 0 0 0
the retraction
of the number 1
attachment valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW N/A N/A N/A Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” Normal Normal Normal
the number 1
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 2 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 2 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2
attachment valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2
attachment valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 2
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX N/A N/A N/A 4000 4000
pressure for PRES” 0 0 0
the retraction
of the number 2
attachment valve
(continued)
374 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 59, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN” N/A N/A N/A
the number 2
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 3 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 3
attachment valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3
attachment valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 3
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 3
attachment valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 3
attachment valve

Table 60
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” S340 G320B DCT Bucket 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Dial for the “DIAL FLOW ON ON ON ON ON
control of the CONT”
flow
(continued)
RENR7389-19 375
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 60, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Control for the “UNDER SPEED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed ENABLE”
option
Temperature “WARNING HYD 100 100 100 126 126
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
Combiner for two “COMBINER “ENABLED” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE” “DISABLE”
pump flow ENABLE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting pressure “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve START PRES”
for squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension of
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
(continued)
376 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 60, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum pilot “f2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
“TOOL PROGRAM -> CONTROL MODES”
Control mode “MOD R JOYSTK “NO “NO “MOM VALVE “NO
of the number SW #1” CONTROL” CONTROL” #1 EXT” CONTROL”
1 switch on the
right joystick
Control mode “MOD L THUMB “VALVE #3 “VALVE #3 “NO “NO
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” CONTROL”
wheel on the left
joystick
Control mode “MOD R THUMB “VALVE #1 “VALVE #1 “NO “VALVE #1
of the thumb WHEEL” REVERSE” REVERSE” CONTROL” REVERSE”
wheel on the
right joystick
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A1 FLOW” 300 120 50 0.0 0.0
the number 1
attachment valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 1 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 8000 8000 8000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number 1
attachment valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1
attachment valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 1
attachment valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 1
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
(continued)
RENR7389-19 377
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 60, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Flow settings of “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 2 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 2 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2
attachment valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2
attachment valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 2
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 2
attachment valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 2
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A3 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 3 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 3
attachment valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3
attachment valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 3
attachment valve
(continued)
378 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 60, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 3
attachment valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 3
attachment valve

i03559282

System 18: Relief Valve (Line) -


Test and Adjust
(Auxiliary Control Valve)
SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: GBC1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up
g01197980
Illustration 336
S/N: ZMF1-Up (1) Up key
(2) Right key
S/N: CWG1-Up (3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
S/N: LMG1-Up (5) Left key
(6) Down key
S/N: MYG1-Up (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
S/N: TRH1-Up
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
S/N: BTK1-Up
engine.
S/N: PPN1-Up
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
S/N: JWR1-Up Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
S/N: CYW1-Up

Test for the Line Relief Valve on the


Attachment Control Valve
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
pressure is required before any line relief valve
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary
setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
for the machine.

g01534994
Illustration 337
Pump Compartment 323D and 329D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump )
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump )
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
RENR7389-19 379
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 339.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01240884
Illustration 338
Pump Compartment 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.

5. Start the engine.

6. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F). Illustration 339


g01200022

Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor


8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine. 10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
the menu options.
9. Use the following procedure to access the
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. 11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
press the OK key (8).
a. From the default screen, press the main menu
key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.
380 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200028 g01200030
Illustration 340 Illustration 341

12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST” 15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
menu should appear. value of the power shift pressure.

13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through 16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
the menu options. value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power
14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is shift pressure.
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start
switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
RENR7389-19 381
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer 4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
Test and Adjust” for the machine. reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading
18. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to is not within the specification, then proceed to
Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the Step 5.
Machine Electronic Control System.
5. Loosen locknut (14) on the line relief valve for the
19. The pressure setting for the top line relief work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
valve and for the bottom line relief valve for the of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
attachment control valve is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (15) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
(5350 ± 145 psi). tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).

6. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting of


the lower work tool, push the thumb wheel on the
right joystick BACKWARD. Hold the thumb wheel
in this position.

7. Check the pressure in the work tool at pressure


tap (11).

8. Return the thumb wheel to the NEUTRAL position.

9. Compare the pressure reading to the specification


37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
g01199900
Illustration 342 not within the specification, then proceed to Step
Line relief valve (Typical example) 10.
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw 10. Loosen locknut (14) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the bottom
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
Mode. (15) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).
Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line 11. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief tighten locknut (14).
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting. Note: Turning adjustment screw (15) clockwise
increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during (15) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.
this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
valves in the lines for the work tool. Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
pressure rise.
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
for Attachment Control Valve Mode.

1. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting of Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
the upper work tool, push the thumb wheel on the specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
right joystick FORWARD. Hold the thumb wheel relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
in this position. Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.
2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
pump's pressure tap (11).

3. Return the thumb wheel to the NEUTRAL position.


382 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

System 19: Combined


Function
i03054083

System 19: Default Value of


Work Tool Parameters
SMCS Code: 5000
S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up

Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown


in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.

Table 61 shows some of the approved Caterpillar


work tools that are used.

Table 62 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through


“TOOL#5”.

Table 63 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through


“TOOL#10”.

Note: Refer to the specific machine model for


additional parameters.

Table 61

SYSTEM 19
Work Tool Direction of Flow System 19 “TOOL#s”
“Compactor” 1 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”
“Multi-Processor” 2 Way “TOOL#3”, “TOOL#4”
“Hammers” 1 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”
“Thumb” 2 Way “TOOL#1”, “TOOL#2”

Table 62
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” 1P 1WAY 2P 1WAY 1P 2WAY 2P 2WAY 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
(continued)
RENR7389-19 383
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 62, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Combiner for “COMBINER “DISABLED” “ENABLED” “DISABLED” “ENABLED” “DISABLED”
two pump flow ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0
of the high HYD TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “ONE-WAY” “ONE-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of
the attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “CB MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the EXTND”
extension of
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “CB MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
(continued)
384 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 62, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 160.0 160.0 160.0 160.0 0
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
(continued)
RENR7389-19 385
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 62, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
pressure of PRES” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
2 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Direction of “A3 FLOW NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” 40.0 40.0 40.0 40.0 0.0
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number
3 attachment
valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
(continued)
386 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 62, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #4 VALVE”
Direction of “A4 FLOW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the oil flow for DIRCTN” 0 0 0 0 0
the number
4 attachment
valve
Flow settings “A4 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
of the number 0 0 0 0 0
4 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A4 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number FLOW” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
4 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A4 NOMINAL 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
pressure of PRES”
the number
4 attachment
valve
Open time of “A4 OPEN 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number TIME”
4 attachment
valve
Close time of “A4 CLOSE 0 0 0 0 0
the number TIME”
4 attachment
valve
Maximum “A4 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
4 attachment
valve
Maximum “A4 RETCT Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
4 attachment
valve
RENR7389-19 387
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 63
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the throttle
Minimum position “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
of the dial for the
throttle
Control for the “UNDER SPEED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed ENABLE”
option
Combiner for two “COMBINER “DISABLED” “DISABLED” “DISABLED” “DISABLED” “DISABLED”
pump flow ENABLE”
Temperature “WARNING HYD 126 126 126 126 126
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY” “TWO-WAY”
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of the “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
number 1 variable PRES”
relief valve
Pressure of the “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
number 2 variable PRES”
relief valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting pressure “F2 SQEZ START 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve for PRES”
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve for PRES”
squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension of
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “CB MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
(continued)
388 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 63, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum pilot “CB MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
auxiliary valve
during multiple
operations
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 1
attachment valve
Flow settings of “A1 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
the number 1
attachment valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 1 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number 1
attachment valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1
attachment valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 1
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Direction of “A2 FLOW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the oil flow for DIRCTN” 0 0 0 0 0
the number 2
attachment valve
Flow settings of “A2 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 2 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 389
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 63, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 2 FLOW” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
pressure of PRES”
the number 2
attachment valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 2
attachment valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0 0 0 0 0
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 2
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 2
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Direction of “A3 FLOW NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 3
attachment valve
Flow settings of “A3 FLOW” 0 0 0 0 0
the number 3
attachment valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD 0 0 0 0 0
for the number 3 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000
pressure of PRES”
the number 3
attachment valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3
attachment valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 3
attachment valve
(continued)
390 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 63, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum “A3 EXTND MAX 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 3
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #4 VALVE”
Direction of “A4 FLOW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the oil flow for DIRCTN” 0 0 0 0 0
the number 4
attachment valve
Flow settings of “A4 FLOW” N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
the number 4 0 0 0 0 0
attachment valve
Additional flow “A4 MULTI ADD N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
for the number 4 FLOW” 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A4 NOMINAL 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
pressure of PRES”
the number 4
attachment valve
Open time of “A4 OPEN TIME” 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
the number 4
attachment valve
Close time of “A4 CLOSE 0 0 0 0 0
the number 4 TIME”
attachment valve
Maximum “A4 EXTND MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 4
attachment valve
Maximum “A4 RETCT MAX Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 4
attachment valve
RENR7389-19 391
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

i03296666

System 19: Relief Valve (Line) -


Test and Adjust
(Line Relief Valves for One-Way
Flow)
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9
S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up

Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Illustration 344


g01534994

Auxiliary Control Valve Pump Compartment 320D, 321D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and
329D
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve (9) Pressure tap (drive pump)
pressure is required before any line relief valve (10) Pressure tap (idler pump)
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary (11) Pressure tap (power shift)
setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust”
for the machine.

g01240884
Illustration 345
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
g01197980
Illustration 343 (10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(1) Up key (11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)
(2) Right key
(3) Home key 3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)
(4) Main menu key capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.
(5) Left key
(6) Down key
(7) Cancel key 4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa
(8) OK key (8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
engine. 5. Start the engine.

2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system. 6. Place the machine controls at the following
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
Pressure - Release” for the machine. OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F).

8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in


Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine.
392 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

9. Use the following procedure to access the 11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. press the OK key (8).

a. From the default screen, press the main menu


key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 346.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.
g01200028
Illustration 347

12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST”


menu should appear.

13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.

14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is


highlighted, press the OK key (8).

g01200022
Illustration 346
Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor

10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through


the menu options.
RENR7389-19 393
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Be sure to select a work tool that provides


one-way flow. Refer to Testing and Adjusting,
“Work Tool - Select” for the Tool Control System.

18. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer


to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) -
Test and Adjust” for the machine.

Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service


Mode.

Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the


specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.

Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during


this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
valves in the lines for the work tool.

Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve


for Auxiliary Control Valve
1. To adjust the line relief valve for one-way flow,
push the right pedal FORWARD. Hold the pedal
in this position.
g01200030
Illustration 348
2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive
15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the pump's pressure tap (9).
value of the power shift pressure.
3. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position.
16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key 4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
(5) in order to increase the value of the power of 21000 kPa (3046 psi). If the pressure reading
shift pressure. is within the specification, no further adjustment is
necessary. If the pressure reading is not within the
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the specification, then proceed to Step 5.
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of line relief valves, do not
g01199900
leave the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” screen, and do Illustration 349
not turn the engine start switch to the OFF position. Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring (13) Adjustment screw
System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
394 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for


the work tool. The relief valve is located near the
boom foot. Turn adjustment screw (13) until the
pressure gauge reading at pressure tap (9) is
within the specification.

6. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,


tighten locknut (12).

Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise


increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.

Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on


pressure rise. g01197980
Illustration 350
Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service (1) Up key
Mode. (2) Right key
(3) Home key
(4) Main menu key
Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the (5) Left key
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line (6) Down key
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief (7) Cancel key
(8) OK key
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
engine.
i03296668
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system.
System 19: Relief Valve (Line) - Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System
Test and Adjust Pressure - Release” for the machine.

(Line Relief Valves for Two-Way


Flow)
SMCS Code: 5117-036-L9
S/N: MDT1-Up
S/N: KBZ1-Up

Test for the Line Relief Valve on the


Auxiliary Control Valve
Note: A temporary setting of the main relief valve
g01534994
pressure is required before any line relief valve Illustration 351
pressure setting is adjusted. Refer to the temporary Pump Compartment 320D, 321D, 323D, 324D, 325D, 328D, and
setting of the main relief valve pressure in Testing 329D
and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” (9) Pressure tap (drive pump)
for the machine. (10) Pressure tap (idler pump)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift)
RENR7389-19 395
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

e. After the password has been entered the


“SERVICE” screen should appear. Refer to
Illustration 353.

Note: For more detailed steps with entering


passwords or entering the service mode, refer to
Testing and Adjusting, “Service Mode - Enter” for the
Tool Control System.

g01240884
Illustration 352
Pump Compartment 330D and 336D
(9) Pressure tap (drive pump pressure)
(10) Pressure tap (idler pump pressure)
(11) Pressure tap (power shift pressure)

3. Install a pressure gauge with a 6000 kPa (870 psi)


capacity on pressure tap (11) for the power shift.

4. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa


(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (9) for the
drive pump.

5. Start the engine.

6. Place the machine controls at the following


settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the
machine for engine rpm settings.

7. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F). Illustration 353


g01200022

Typical example of the “SERVICE” menu for the monitor


8. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test
and Adjust” for the machine. 10. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through
the menu options.
9. Use the following procedure to access the
“SERVICE” mode of the monitor. 11. When the “DEVICE TEST” option is highlighted,
press the OK key (8).
a. From the default screen, press the main menu
key (4).

b. Use the right key (2) or the left key (5) in order
to scroll through the menu options.

c. When the “SERVICE” option is highlighted,


press the OK key (8).

Note: In order to access the “SERVICE” screen, the


password for service must be entered.

d. When “PASSWORD” screen appears, use the


right key (2) and the left key (5) in order to
scroll through the characters. When the desired
character is highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Enter the password for service FFF2 in order to
continue to the “SERVICE” screen.
396 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

g01200028 g01200030
Illustration 354 Illustration 355

12. After the OK key is pressed, the “DEVICE TEST” 15. Use the down key (6) in order to highlight the
menu should appear. value of the power shift pressure.

13. Use the down key (6) in order to scroll through 16. Use the right key (2) in order to decrease the
the menu options. value of the power shift pressure. Use the left key
(5) in order to increase the value of the power
14. When the “POWER SHIFT PRESS” option is shift pressure.
highlighted, press the OK key (8).
Pressing the left key (5) one time decreases the
power shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi). Pressing
the right key (2) one time increases the power
shift pressure 10 kPa (1.5 psi).

Note: The value for power shift pressure on the


monitor may not always match the pressure reading
on the pressure gauge. Adjust the value on the
monitor until the desired power shift pressure is
attained on the pressure gauge that is connected to
the pressure tap for power shift pressure. The actual
power shift pressure must be 2900 kPa (420 psi) on
the pressure gauge.

Note: To prevent a change in power shift pressure


during the adjustment of the line relief valve for the
attachment control valve, do not turn the engine start
switch to the OFF position.

Note: Refer to Systems Operation, “Monitoring


System” for the machine for additional information on
Service Mode.
RENR7389-19 397
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

17. Be sure to select a work tool that provides 6. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting
two-way flow from two pumps. Refer to Testing of the lower work tool, push the right pedal
and Adjusting, “Work Tool - Select” for the Tool BACKWARD. Hold the pedal in this position.
Control System.
7. Check the pressure in the work tool at pressure
18. Set the main relief valve to specifications. Refer tap (11).
to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Main) -
Test and Adjust” for the machine. 8. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position.

19. Calibrate the power shift pressure. Refer to 9. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
Testing and Adjusting, “Calibration” for the 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
Machine Electronic Control System. reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during not within the specification, then proceed to Step
this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop 10.
valves in the lines for the work tool.
10. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the
work tool. The relief valve is located on the bottom
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
for Auxiliary Control Valve (13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).
1. To adjust the line relief valve pressure setting
of the upper work tool, push the right pedal 11. After completion of line relief valve adjustment,
FORWARD. Hold the pedal in this position. tighten locknut (12).

2. Check the pressure in the work tool at the drive Note: Turning adjustment screw (13) clockwise
pump's pressure tap (11). increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw
(13) counterclockwise decreases the pressure.
3. Return the pedal to the NEUTRAL position.
Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
4. Compare the pressure reading to the specification pressure rise.
37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further Note: After relief valve adjustments, cancel Service
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading Mode.
is not within the specification, then proceed to
Step 5. Note: Return the main relief valve pressure to the
specified setting after testing and adjusting any line
relief valve. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Relief
Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust” for the machine for
the main relief valve pressure setting.

g01199900
Illustration 356
Line relief valve (Typical example)
(12) Locknut
(13) Adjustment screw

5. Loosen locknut (12) on the line relief valve for the


work tool. The relief valve is located on the top side
of the main control valve. Turn adjustment screw
(13) until the pressure gauge reading at pressure
tap (11) is 37000 ± 1000 kPa (5350 ± 145 psi).
398 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Medium Pressure Hydraulic S/N: EBM1-Up

System S/N: KLM1-Up


S/N: PPN1-Up
i03203210 S/N: SPN1-Up
Medium Pressure: Default S/N: AZP1-Up
Value of Work Tool Parameters S/N: BZP1-Up
SMCS Code: 5000 S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: TXA1-Up S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: JWR1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up S/N: NES1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: DHE1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up S/N: EDX1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up S/N: GMX1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: RMX1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: MEY1-Up
S/N: SWF1-Up S/N: DTZ1-Up
S/N: ZMF1-Up S/N: KBZ1-Up
S/N: CWG1-Up
Note: For this system, parameters that are not shown
S/N: LMG1-Up in the tables do not affect operation of the work tool.

S/N: MPG1-Up Note: The parameters in the “DARK GRAY” cells do


not affect the operation of the work tool.
S/N: MYG1-Up
S/N: MCH1-Up Table 64 shows parameters for “TOOL#1” through
“TOOL#5”.
S/N: TDH1-Up
Table 65 shows parameters for “TOOL#6” through
S/N: TRH1-Up “TOOL#10”.
S/N: BTK1-Up Note: Refer to the specific machine model for
S/N: W3K1-Up additional parameters.

S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: FAL1-Up
RENR7389-19 399
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

Table 64
Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the throttle
Minimum position “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
of the dial for the
throttle
Control for the “UNDER SPEED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed ENABLE”
option
Combiner for two “COMBINER DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED
pump flow ENABLE”
Implement flow “PRIORITY DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED
mode control FLOW MODE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO TWO-WAY TWO-WAY TWO-WAY TWO-WAY TWO-WAY
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of the “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
number 1 variable PRES”
relief valve
Pressure of the “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
number 2 variable PRES”
relief valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting pressure “F2 SQEZ START 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve for PRES”
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve for PRES”
squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension of
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for the RETCT”
retraction of the
attachment valve
during multiple
operations
(continued)
400 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 64, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Temperature “WARNING HYD 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0
of the high TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A1 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
the number 1
attachment valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 1 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 1
attachment valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 1
attachment valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN TIME” 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number 1
attachment valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number 1 TIME”
attachment valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 1
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A2 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
the number 2
attachment valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 2 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number 2
attachment valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 2
attachment valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 401
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 64, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#1” “TOOL#2” “TOOL#3” “TOOL#4” “TOOL#5”
Maximum “A2 RETCT MAX 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 2
attachment valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN TIME” 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number 2
attachment valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number 2 TIME”
attachment valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 2
attachment valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings of “A3 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
the number 3
attachment valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number 3 FLOW”
attachment valve
during multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number 3
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the extension
of the number 3
attachment valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT MAX 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for PRES”
the retraction
of the number 3
attachment valve
Open time of “A3 OPEN TIME” 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number 3
attachment valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number 3 TIME”
attachment valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number 3
attachment valve

Table 65
Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
“TOOL PROGRAM -> GENERAL”
Name of the tool “NAME” 0 0 0 0 0
(continued)
402 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 65, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Maximum “MAX DIAL” 10 10 10 10 10
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Minimum “MIN DIAL” 1 1 1 1 1
position of the
dial for the
throttle
Control for the “UNDER ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED ENABLED
underspeed SPEED
option ENABLE”
Combiner for “COMBINER DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED
two pump flow ENABLE”
Implement flow “PRIORITY DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED DISABLED
mode control FLOW MODE”
Initial power “INT PUMP 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
Total power “TOTAL PUMP 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0 50.0
reduction of the POWER RE”
main pump
One-way flow or “ONE OR TWO TWO-WAY TWO-WAY TWO-WAY TWO-WAY TWO-WAY
two-way flow WAY”
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #1 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 1 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Pressure of “VAR RELIEF #2 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
the number 2 PRES”
variable relief
valve
Maximum “F2 DERATE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure of the MAX PRES”
derate of the F2
valve
Starting “F2 SQEZ 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of the START PRES”
F2 valve for
squeeze
Ending pressure “F2 SQEZ END 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
of the F2 valve PRES”
for squeeze
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for EXTND”
the extension
of attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
Maximum pilot “F2 MULTI OPE 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
pressure for RETCT”
the retraction of
the attachment
valve during
multiple
operations
(continued)
RENR7389-19 403
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 65, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Temperature “WARNING 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0 126.0
of the high HYD TEMP”
temperature
warning for the
hydraulic oil
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #1 VALVE”
Flow settings “A1 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A1 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
1 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A1 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Maximum “A1 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
1 attachment
valve
Open time of “A1 OPEN 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Close time of “A1 CLOSE 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number TIME”
1 attachment
valve
Direction of “A1 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
1 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #2 VALVE”
Flow settings “A2 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A2 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
2 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
(continued)
404 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 65, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Normal working “A2 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 EXTND 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Maximum “A2 RETCT 0 0 0 0 0
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
2 attachment
valve
Open time of “A2 OPEN 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Close time of “A2 CLOSE 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number TIME”
2 attachment
valve
Direction of “A2 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
2 attachment
valve
“TOOL PROGRAM -> ATTACHMENT #3 VALVE”
Flow settings “A3 FLOW” 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Additional flow “A3 MULTI ADD 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
for the number FLOW”
3 attachment
valve during
multiple
operation
Normal working “A3 NOMINAL 40000 40000 40000 40000 40000
pressure of PRES”
the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 EXTND 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for MAX PRES”
the extension
of the number
3 attachment
valve
Maximum “A3 RETCT 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
pressure for MAX PRES”
the retraction
of the number
3 attachment
valve
(continued)
RENR7389-19 405
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

(Table 65, contd)


Name Display “TOOL#6” “TOOL#7” “TOOL#8” “TOOL#9” “TOOL#10”
Open time of “A3 OPEN 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Close time of “A3 CLOSE 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
the number TIME”
3 attachment
valve
Direction of “A3 FLOW Normal Normal Normal Normal Normal
the oil flow for DIRCTN”
the number
3 attachment
valve

i03559662 S/N: MCH1-Up


Medium Pressure: Relief Valve S/N: TDH1-Up
(Main) - Test and Adjust S/N: TRH1-Up
SMCS Code: 5069-036 S/N: BTK1-Up
S/N: TXA1-Up S/N: W3K1-Up
S/N: MNB1-Up S/N: WDK1-Up
S/N: XDB1-Up S/N: WRK1-Up
S/N: GBC1-Up S/N: FAL1-Up
S/N: HJC1-Up S/N: EBM1-Up
S/N: WGC1-Up S/N: KLM1-Up
S/N: MND1-Up S/N: PPN1-Up
S/N: NBD1-Up S/N: SPN1-Up
S/N: R2D1-Up S/N: AZP1-Up
S/N: YSD1-Up S/N: BZP1-Up
S/N: DHE1-Up S/N: GDP1-Up
S/N: WNE1-Up S/N: MWP1-Up
S/N: CZF1-Up S/N: JWR1-Up
S/N: J2F1-Up S/N: NES1-Up
S/N: KGF1-Up S/N: EJT1-Up
S/N: PRF1-Up S/N: JAT1-Up
S/N: SWF1-Up S/N: KKT1-Up
S/N: ZMF1-Up S/N: PYT1-Up
S/N: CWG1-Up S/N: WLT1-Up
S/N: LMG1-Up S/N: CYW1-Up
S/N: MPG1-Up S/N: PGW1-Up
S/N: MYG1-Up S/N: YFW1-Up
406 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Testing and Adjusting Section

S/N: EDX1-Up 8. Calibrate the solenoid valves for medium


pressure. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Medium
S/N: GMX1-Up Pressure: Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing)
- Calibrate” for the Tool Control System.
S/N: PHX1-Up
S/N: RMX1-Up 9. Set the auxiliary tool mode for medium pressure.
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Work Tool -
S/N: MEY1-Up Select” for the Tool Control System.
S/N: DTZ1-Up Note: To prevent oil flow to the work tool during
S/N: KBZ1-Up this testing and adjusting procedure, close the stop
valves in the lines for the work tool.
1. Position the machine on level ground and stop the
engine. 10. To adjust the pressure setting of the relief valve for
medium pressure, press the device for activation
2. Release the pressure in the hydraulic system. for this procedure. Hold the device for activation
Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Hydraulic System in this position.
Pressure - Release” for the machine.
Note: Relief action of the relief valve for more
than ten seconds is not allowed.

11. Check the pressure at pressure tap (5) for


medium pressure.

12. Return the device for activation to the NEUTRAL


position.

13. Compare the pressure reading to the specification


21000 ± 500 kPa (3046 ± 73 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further
adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
not within the specification, then proceed to Step
14.

14. The adjustment screw for the main relief


valve is located on the side of valve (3). Turn
adjustment screw (4) until the pressure gauge
reading at pressure tap (5) is 21000 ± 500 kPa
(3046 ± 73 psi).
g01635456
Illustration 357 Note: Turning adjustment screw (4) clockwise
Medium pressure valve (side view of the swing motor compartment) increases the pressure. Turning adjustment screw (4)
(3) Medium pressure valve counterclockwise decreases the pressure.
(4) Adjustment screw (main relief valve)
(5) Pressure tap (medium pressure) Note: Always make final pressure adjustment on
pressure rise.
3. Install a pressure gauge with a 60000 kPa
(8700 psi) capacity on pressure tap (5) for the 15. Press the device for activation in the opposite
medium pressure. direction. Hold the device for activation in this
position.
4. Start the engine.
16. Check the pressure at pressure tap (5) for
5. Place the machine controls at the following medium pressure.
settings: engine speed dial 10 and AEC switch
OFF. Refer to Testing and Adjusting, “Engine 17. Return the device for activation to the NEUTRAL
Performance - Test (Engine Speed)” for the position.
machine for engine rpm settings.
18. Compare the pressure reading to the specification
6. Warm the hydraulic oil to 50 °C (122 °F). 21000 ± 500 kPa (3046 ± 73 psi). If the pressure
reading is within the specification, no further
7. Set the pilot pressure to the specifications in adjustment is necessary. If the pressure reading is
Testing and Adjusting, “Relief Valve (Pilot) - Test not within the specification, then proceed to Step
and Adjust” for the machine. 14.
RENR7389-19 407
Tool Control System
Index Section

Index
C Service Mode - Enter........................................... 173
Exiting the Service Mode ................................. 175
Calibration ........................................................... 191 Service Tools ....................................................... 161
Using Caterpillar Electronic Technician............ 161
Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing) -
G Calibrate ............................................................ 220
Calibration of Solenoid Valve for the Attachment
General Information................................................. 5 Control Valve.................................................. 223
Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing) - Calibrate
(Negative Flow Control) ..................................... 204
I Calibration with a Pressure Gauge .................. 212
Calibration with a Pressure Gauge and a Flow
Important Safety Information ................................... 2 Meter .............................................................. 205
Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing) - Calibrate
(Number 1 Relief Valve and Number 2 Relief
J Valve)................................................................. 230
“Attachment Relief Valve” ................................ 232
Joystick Slide Control - Calibrate......................... 192 Solenoid Valves ................................................... 153
Calibration with Caterpillar Electronic Attachment Solenoid Valves ............................ 156
Technician ...................................................... 197 Proportional Reducing Solenoids for Variable
Calibration with Monitor ................................... 192 Relief .............................................................. 153
Solenoid Valve (Proportional Reducing) .......... 155
Solenoid Valve for One-Way Flow and Solenoid
M Valves for Variable Relief ............................... 154
Switches .............................................................. 147
Machine Electronic Control Module (Engine and Foot Switch (Hammer) ..................................... 148
Hydraulic)........................................................... 146 Hydraulic Lock Limit Switch (Neutral Start)...... 150
Machine Tool Control System - Select................. 176 Joystick with Three Buttons ............................. 148
Programming The Machine System................. 179 Left Pedal......................................................... 149
Medium Pressure Hydraulic System ........... 142, 398 Pressure Switch (Implement)........................... 149
Clockwise Rotation .......................................... 144 Pressure Switches ........................................... 149
Counterclockwise Rotation .............................. 145 Switches for the Joystick.................................. 147
Medium Pressure: Default Value of Work Tool System 1: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ........................................................ 398 Parameters ........................................................ 238
Medium Pressure: Relief Valve (Main) - Test and System 1: One-Way/One Pump ...................... 7, 238
Adjust................................................................. 406 System 1: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Tool
Monitor Overview................................................. 158 Relief Valve)....................................................... 241
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for the Tool
Relief Valve .................................................... 244
P System 11: Combined Function..................... 34, 293
Introduction ........................................................ 37
Process for Setting Up the Work Tool.................. 163 Medium Pressure............................................... 45
Setup Procedure for Field Installation of Tool One-Way Flow from One Pump ......................... 39
Control Systems............................................. 164 One-Way Flow From Two Pumps ...................... 40
Two-Way Flow From One Pump ........................ 41
Two-Way Flow From Two Pumps ...................... 43
R System 11: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ........................................................ 293
Relays.................................................................. 157 System 11: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Hydraulic Lock Solenoid .................................. 157 Relief Valves for One-Way Flow) ....................... 302
Neutral Start Relay........................................... 157 Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary
Control Valve.................................................. 305
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary
S Control Valve.................................................. 302
System 11: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Senders ............................................................... 151 Relief Valves for Two-Way Flow) ....................... 306
Temperature Sender (Hydraulic Oil) ................ 151 Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary
Sensors ............................................................... 151 Control Valve.................................................. 309
Engine Speed Sensor ...................................... 151 Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary
Pressure Sensor .............................................. 151 Control Valve.................................................. 306
408 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Index Section

System 13: Combined Function .................... 48, 310 System 18: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
One-Way Flow from One Pump......................... 54 (Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 378
One-Way Flow from Two Pumps ....................... 55 Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Attachment
Two-Way Flow from One Pump ......................... 57 Control Valve.................................................. 381
Two-Way Flow from Two Pumps ....................... 60 Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Attachment
System 13: Default Value of Work Tool Control Valve.................................................. 378
Parameters ........................................................ 310 System 19: Combined Function .................. 129, 382
System 13: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust Introduction ...................................................... 131
(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 319 Medium Pressure............................................. 139
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Attachment One-Way Flow from One Pump ....................... 133
Control Valve.................................................. 322 One-Way Flow From Two Pumps .................... 134
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Attachment Two-Way Flow From One Pump ...................... 135
Control Valve.................................................. 319 Two-Way Flow From Two Pumps .................... 137
System 14: Combined Function .................... 63, 323 System 19: Default Value of Work Tool
One-Way Flow from One Pump......................... 68 Parameters ........................................................ 382
One-Way Flow from Two Pumps ....................... 70 System 19: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Two-Way Flow from One Pump ......................... 72 Relief Valves for One-Way Flow) ....................... 391
Two-Way Flow from Two Pumps ....................... 75 Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary
System 14: Default Value of Work Tool Control Valve.................................................. 393
Parameters ........................................................ 323 Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary
System 14: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust Control Valve.................................................. 391
(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 332 System 19: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Attachment Relief Valves for Two-Way Flow) ....................... 394
Control Valve.................................................. 335 Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Attachment Control Valve.................................................. 397
Control Valve.................................................. 332 Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary
System 14: Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust Control Valve.................................................. 394
(Auxiliary Control Valve (Medium Pressure))..... 337 System 2: Combined Function ...................... 10, 245
System 16: Default Value of Work Tool Introduction ........................................................ 13
Parameters ........................................................ 339 One-Way Flow from One Pump ......................... 14
System 16: One-Way/One Pump ........................ 339 One-Way Flow From Two Pumps ...................... 16
System 16: One-Way/Two Pump .......................... 79 Two-Way Flow From One Pump ........................ 17
System 16: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust Two-Way Flow From Two Pumps ...................... 19
(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 342 System 2: Default Value of Work Tool
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary Parameters ........................................................ 245
Control Valve.................................................. 345 System 2: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary Relief Valves for One-Way Flow) ....................... 254
Control Valve.................................................. 342 Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary
System 17: Combined Function .............. 82, 99, 347 Control Valve.................................................. 257
One-Way Flow from One Pump................. 88, 104 Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary
One-Way Flow from Two Pumps ..................... 106 Control Valve.................................................. 254
One-Way Flow From Two Pumps ...................... 90 System 2: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Line
Two-Way Flow from One Pump ....................... 108 Relief Valves for Two-Way Flow) ....................... 258
Two-Way Flow From One Pump ........................ 92 Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary
Two-Way Flow from Two Pumps ...................... 111 Control Valve.................................................. 261
Two-Way Flow From Two Pumps ...................... 95 Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary
System 17: Default Value of Work Tool Control Valve.................................................. 258
Parameters ................................................ 347, 356 System 3 Prime: Default Value of Work Tool
System 17: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust Parameters ........................................................ 274
(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 364 System 3 Prime: One-Way/Two Pump .......... 26, 274
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Attachment System 3 Prime: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
Control Valve.................................................. 367 (Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 281
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Attachment Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary
Control Valve.................................................. 364 Control Valve.................................................. 284
System 17: Relief Valve (Main) - Test and Adjust Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary
(Auxiliary Control Valve (Medium Pressure))..... 368 Control Valve.................................................. 281
System 18: Combined Function ................... 114, 370 System 3 Prime: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
One-Way Flow from One Pump....................... 120 (Tool Relief Valve).............................................. 277
One-Way Flow from Two Pumps ..................... 121 Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for the Tool
Two-Way Flow from One Pump ....................... 123 Relief Valve .................................................... 280
Two-Way Flow from Two Pumps ..................... 126 System 3: Default Value of Work Tool
System 18: Default Value of Work Tool Parameters ........................................................ 262
Parameters ........................................................ 370 System 3: One-Way/Two Pump .................... 22, 262
RENR7389-19 409
Tool Control System
Index Section

System 3: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust


(Auxiliary Control Valve) .................................... 265
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Auxiliary
Control Valve.................................................. 268
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Auxiliary
Control Valve.................................................. 265
System 3: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust (Tool
Relief Valve)....................................................... 269
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for the Tool
Relief Valve .................................................... 272
System 5: Default Value of Work Tool
Parameters ........................................................ 286
System 5: Relief Valve (Line) - Test and Adjust
(Attachment Control Valve)................................ 289
Adjustment of the Line Relief Valve for Attachment
Control Valve.................................................. 291
Test for the Line Relief Valve on the Attachment
Control Valve.................................................. 289
System 5: Two-Way/One Pump .................... 30, 286
Electric Foot Pedal Control ................................ 33
Joystick Thumbwheel Control ............................ 34
System Identification ........................................... 171
Systems Operation Section ..................................... 5

Table of Contents..................................................... 3
Testing and Adjusting Section ............................. 160
Troubleshooting................................................... 160

Work Tool - Select ............................................... 184


Enable the Tool Indicator Option...................... 184
Select the Tool ................................................. 185
Work Tool Parameter - Program.......................... 187
Programming The Ten Tools ............................ 189
Work Tool Setup .................................................. 161
410 RENR7389-19
Tool Control System
Index Section
RENR7389-19 411
Tool Control System
Index Section
©2011 Caterpillar Cat, Caterpillar, their respective logos, “Caterpillar Yellow” and the Power edge
All Rights Reserved trade dress, as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks
of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.

Potrebbero piacerti anche